<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Dharknes</id>
	<title>Genome Analysis Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Dharknes"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/wiki/Special:Contributions/Dharknes"/>
	<updated>2026-09-24T05:35:04Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.1</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=LocusZoom&amp;diff=332</id>
		<title>LocusZoom</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=LocusZoom&amp;diff=332"/>
		<updated>2010-02-03T02:47:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= LocusZoom =&lt;br /&gt;
There are three main methods to generate plots;&lt;br /&gt;
# Generate single plots using our publicly-available data from a genome-wide scan of ~20,000 individuals for HDL-cholesterol, LDL cholesterol and triglyceride levels.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate single plots using a web-based form&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate many plots at once by uploading a specification file.  Results will be emailed back to the user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Generate single plots using our publicly-available lipids GWAS data ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Selecting regions to display using our lipids data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The plots were designed to examine ~ 1 Megabase windows of the genome, although for regions with several association signals or long-range linkage disequilibrium patterns, plots extending as large as a few Mb can be drawn.  The user can specify the region to display in the LocusZoom plot in one of three ways; 1) an index SNP and a flanking region, 2) the chromosome together with start and stop positions (in basepairs), 3) gene name and a flanking region.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Displaying LD information&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In the main plot window, data points are colored according to their level of linkage disequilibrium (LD) with the index SNP.  If users specify the region to display using an index SNP and flanking region, LD of all data points will be relative to the user-specified index SNP.  If users specify the region to display using options 2 and 3 above, LocusZoom will select the most significant SNP in the region.  For all other SNPs in the plot, the color of the data point will reflect the pair-wise LD patterns with this index SNP.  The default LD which will be displayed is r2 from the HapMap CEU population (release 22), but users have the option to select either r2 or D’ from; HapMap CEU, HapMap YRI, Hapmap CHB+JPT, 1000 Genomes CEU.  Because we have pre-computed LD for all SNPs in HapMap CEU, plots will generate very quickly if using the default LD information, provided the region to display is less than 500kb either side of the index SNP.  SNPs with missing LD information are shown in grey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table 1.3 Additional options available from the web form&lt;br /&gt;
Additional options that can be used when generating any type of plot&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Option when using web || Option to include in specification file when using batch mode || Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Title on Plot || title=”My Favorite Locus” || The title above the plot can be specified&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Human Genome Build || n/a (must be selected from web form) || Plots can be generated based on hg 18 (default) or hg17 positions&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Legend Location || legend=”right” || This specifies the location of the legend within the plot, the default is left&lt;br /&gt;
(left, right, none)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Show RUG || snpset=”HapMap”&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To display rug for SNPs in analysis file;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;metalRug=”Rug SNPs” || Show a “rug” at the top of the plot – a series of vertical tick marks highlighting the positions of SNPs from HapMap CEU (here given as “HapMap”) or the markers shown in the plot (use metalRug)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Maximum Rows of Gene Names || rfrows=3 || LocusZoom will automatically determine the optimal number of rows to display genes and gene names so they are not overlapping.  However, if the user wishes to keep all plots the same size, the maximum number of gene rows can be specified.  Additional genes may be left off the figure to accommodate this feature so please use with caution.  If genes are missing from the plot, this will be indicated on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point Size Proportional to Sample Size || weightCol=”SampleSize” || This specifies that the “dot size” of the data points will reflect the square-root of the sample size (to reflect the s.e.).  The default is to have all dot sizes remain the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| LD Measure || ldCol=”dprime” (“rsquare”) || The color of the data points reflects the LD (r2) with the index SNP.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| HapMap Population for LD || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || This option allows the user to specify which HapMap population was used to obtain LD estimates.  The default is CEU but users may select YRI or JPT+CHB&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight Region of Interest || hiStart=425Mb&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;hiEnd=425.1Mb || A grey box can be used to highlight important regions of the genome – this can reflect the region of an association signal or a region being sequenced, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Theme || theme=”pub” || We have created a theme that has larger text and is more easily readable for publication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Format of Output File || format=”pdf,png”&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;format=”pdf”&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;format=”png” || Pdf or png output is available.  The default is pdf&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Show Annotation || showAnnot=T&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;showRefsnpAnnot=T&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;annotPch=”1,24,24,25,22,21,8,7” || SNP annotation is available for all 1000G SNPs (Aug 2009 release) and can be displayed on the plot using this option.  On the website, various annotation options can be turned on or off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Certain annotation fields can be turned on or off using the annotPch command.  To show several categories of SNPs as the same symbol, simply give the same R symbol code for those categories (e.g. annotPch=”1,24,24,24,21,21,21,21”).  The category listings, together with their default symbol setting are;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Framestop (24, triangle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Splice (24, triangle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;NonSynonymous (25, inverted triangle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Coding (22, square)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;UTR (21, filled circle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;TFBScons (8, star)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;MCS44 Placental (7, square with diagonal lines)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;None-of-the-above (1,  open circle)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Recombination Rate Overlay || showRecomb=T || The estimated recombination rate from HapMap samples can be shown on the plot, or left off.  The data plotted are from;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate single plots using a web-based form==&lt;br /&gt;
# Uploading your own association results&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Association results can be uploaded to our web server using the LocusZoom webpage, which will accept a typical meta-analysis file for ~2.5 million SNPs provided the user selects only the required columns (SNP Name, p-value, and optionally, N) and gzips the file before uploading.  In our tests, this results in a file ~17 Mb which is below the 20 Mb file size limit.  This allows users to draw multiple plots from the LocusZoom website while only uploading the meta-analysis results file one time.  Alternatively, for faster viewing of a single region, users can upload a file that contains only the rows corresponding to SNPs in the region of interest or a particular chromosome.  Users need to specify the name of the column containing SNP identifiers (rs numbers or genome-based names such as chr1:400000 where the position is from the same build as that being plotted, typically hg18) and the name of the column containing p-values.  Data points can optionally be sized according to the square-root of user-specified weights such as sample size.  Providing the name of the weight column turns this feature on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Options specific to uploading your own results&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;All options listed in 1.3 above are available, as well as the options listed below&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Column Delimiter || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || Users must specify the type of column delimiter in the results file&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pvalue Column Name || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || Users must specify the name of the column that contains the p-values&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Marker Column Name || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || Users must specify the heading of the column that contains marker names&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Human Genome Build || n/a (must be selected from web form) || Plots can be generated based on hg 18 (default) or hg17 positions&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| HapMap Population for LD || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || This option allows the user to specify which HapMap population was used to obtain LD estimates.  The default is CEU but users may select YRI or JPT+CHB&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Uploading your own file and using the batch mode ==&lt;br /&gt;
#  Uploading a file&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Association results can be uploaded to our web server using the LocusZoom webpage, which will accept a typical meta-analysis file for ~2.5 million SNPs provided the user selects only the required columns (SNP Name, p-value, and optionally, N) and gzips the file before uploading.  In our tests, this results in a file ~17 Mb which is below the 20 Mb file size limit.  This allows users to draw multiple plots from the LocusZoom website while only uploading the meta-analysis results file one time.  Alternatively, for faster viewing of a single region, users can upload a file that contains only the rows corresponding to SNPs in the region of interest or a particular chromosome.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Uploading the specification file&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Users can upload a specification file which allows for the easy generation of dozens of plots, where each plot can be customized for even more features than available on the web interface for LocusZoom.   The file is required to have 7 white space-delimited columns, where the last column can be blank.  The header is not important, but LocusZoom expects a header to exist.  To define a region to plot, users may specify either i) a SNP name in the first column and the appropriate flanking region (e.g. 200kb, 500kb, 1Mb) in the fifth column, or ii) a gene name in the first column and the appropriate flanking region in the fifth column, or iii) a chromosome number, start and stop positions in the 2nd, 3rd and 4th columns respectively. If option ii) is selected, LocusZoom will select the most significant SNP in the region as the index SNP.   If option iii) is chosen, the index SNP for the plot must be specified in the first column. For distances &amp;lt;= 500kb where the lead SNP is a HapMap SNP and LD from CEU is requested, the plots will be generated very quickly because we have pre-computed LD for all HapMap SNPs in the CEU.  The sixth column is used to select which regions should be plotted.  For example, if you run a specification file with 15 plots and 14 of them turn out very nicely, you may wish to re-run the specification file with some modifications to a single row of the specification file to tweak the last remaining plot.  In this case, you could change the 14 plots you don’t need to re-run to “no” under the 6th column (“run” column) and leave the 15th plot you’d like to re-run as “yes” in this column.  The 7th and final column contains optional LocusZoom arguments (see the 2nd column of Table 1.3 above).  As many options as the user wishes to change can be specified in 7th column and LocusZoom options should be separated by spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of a specification file (must include a header);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
specfile.txt&lt;br /&gt;
snp        chr start end flank run m2zargs&lt;br /&gt;
rs1	NA	 NA	NA	500kb	yes	rfrows=3 weightCol=”N” snpset=”HapMap” metalRug=”Our SNPs” &lt;br /&gt;
rs2	1	540000	580000	NA	yes	rfrows=4 legend=”right” showAnnot=T &lt;br /&gt;
CETP	NA	NA	NA	200kb	yes	rfrows=6 showAnnot=T annotPch=”1,24,24,25,22,21,8,7”&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=LocusZoom&amp;diff=331</id>
		<title>LocusZoom</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=LocusZoom&amp;diff=331"/>
		<updated>2010-02-03T02:45:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: /* Uploading your own file and using the batch mode */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are three main methods to generate plots;&lt;br /&gt;
# Generate single plots using our publicly-available data from a genome-wide scan of ~20,000 individuals for HDL-cholesterol, LDL cholesterol and triglyceride levels.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate single plots using a web-based form&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate many plots at once by uploading a specification file.  Results will be emailed back to the user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Generate single plots using our publicly-available lipids GWAS data ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Selecting regions to display using our lipids data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The plots were designed to examine ~ 1 Megabase windows of the genome, although for regions with several association signals or long-range linkage disequilibrium patterns, plots extending as large as a few Mb can be drawn.  The user can specify the region to display in the LocusZoom plot in one of three ways; 1) an index SNP and a flanking region, 2) the chromosome together with start and stop positions (in basepairs), 3) gene name and a flanking region.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Displaying LD information&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In the main plot window, data points are colored according to their level of linkage disequilibrium (LD) with the index SNP.  If users specify the region to display using an index SNP and flanking region, LD of all data points will be relative to the user-specified index SNP.  If users specify the region to display using options 2 and 3 above, LocusZoom will select the most significant SNP in the region.  For all other SNPs in the plot, the color of the data point will reflect the pair-wise LD patterns with this index SNP.  The default LD which will be displayed is r2 from the HapMap CEU population (release 22), but users have the option to select either r2 or D’ from; HapMap CEU, HapMap YRI, Hapmap CHB+JPT, 1000 Genomes CEU.  Because we have pre-computed LD for all SNPs in HapMap CEU, plots will generate very quickly if using the default LD information, provided the region to display is less than 500kb either side of the index SNP.  SNPs with missing LD information are shown in grey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table 1.3 Additional options available from the web form&lt;br /&gt;
Additional options that can be used when generating any type of plot&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Option when using web || Option to include in specification file when using batch mode || Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Title on Plot || title=”My Favorite Locus” || The title above the plot can be specified&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Human Genome Build || n/a (must be selected from web form) || Plots can be generated based on hg 18 (default) or hg17 positions&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Legend Location || legend=”right” || This specifies the location of the legend within the plot, the default is left&lt;br /&gt;
(left, right, none)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Show RUG || snpset=”HapMap”&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To display rug for SNPs in analysis file;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;metalRug=”Rug SNPs” || Show a “rug” at the top of the plot – a series of vertical tick marks highlighting the positions of SNPs from HapMap CEU (here given as “HapMap”) or the markers shown in the plot (use metalRug)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Maximum Rows of Gene Names || rfrows=3 || LocusZoom will automatically determine the optimal number of rows to display genes and gene names so they are not overlapping.  However, if the user wishes to keep all plots the same size, the maximum number of gene rows can be specified.  Additional genes may be left off the figure to accommodate this feature so please use with caution.  If genes are missing from the plot, this will be indicated on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point Size Proportional to Sample Size || weightCol=”SampleSize” || This specifies that the “dot size” of the data points will reflect the square-root of the sample size (to reflect the s.e.).  The default is to have all dot sizes remain the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| LD Measure || ldCol=”dprime” (“rsquare”) || The color of the data points reflects the LD (r2) with the index SNP.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| HapMap Population for LD || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || This option allows the user to specify which HapMap population was used to obtain LD estimates.  The default is CEU but users may select YRI or JPT+CHB&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight Region of Interest || hiStart=425Mb&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;hiEnd=425.1Mb || A grey box can be used to highlight important regions of the genome – this can reflect the region of an association signal or a region being sequenced, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Theme || theme=”pub” || We have created a theme that has larger text and is more easily readable for publication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Format of Output File || format=”pdf,png”&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;format=”pdf”&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;format=”png” || Pdf or png output is available.  The default is pdf&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Show Annotation || showAnnot=T&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;showRefsnpAnnot=T&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;annotPch=”1,24,24,25,22,21,8,7” || SNP annotation is available for all 1000G SNPs (Aug 2009 release) and can be displayed on the plot using this option.  On the website, various annotation options can be turned on or off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Certain annotation fields can be turned on or off using the annotPch command.  To show several categories of SNPs as the same symbol, simply give the same R symbol code for those categories (e.g. annotPch=”1,24,24,24,21,21,21,21”).  The category listings, together with their default symbol setting are;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Framestop (24, triangle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Splice (24, triangle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;NonSynonymous (25, inverted triangle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Coding (22, square)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;UTR (21, filled circle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;TFBScons (8, star)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;MCS44 Placental (7, square with diagonal lines)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;None-of-the-above (1,  open circle)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Recombination Rate Overlay || showRecomb=T || The estimated recombination rate from HapMap samples can be shown on the plot, or left off.  The data plotted are from;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate single plots using a web-based form==&lt;br /&gt;
# Uploading your own association results&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Association results can be uploaded to our web server using the LocusZoom webpage, which will accept a typical meta-analysis file for ~2.5 million SNPs provided the user selects only the required columns (SNP Name, p-value, and optionally, N) and gzips the file before uploading.  In our tests, this results in a file ~17 Mb which is below the 20 Mb file size limit.  This allows users to draw multiple plots from the LocusZoom website while only uploading the meta-analysis results file one time.  Alternatively, for faster viewing of a single region, users can upload a file that contains only the rows corresponding to SNPs in the region of interest or a particular chromosome.  Users need to specify the name of the column containing SNP identifiers (rs numbers or genome-based names such as chr1:400000 where the position is from the same build as that being plotted, typically hg18) and the name of the column containing p-values.  Data points can optionally be sized according to the square-root of user-specified weights such as sample size.  Providing the name of the weight column turns this feature on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Options specific to uploading your own results&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;All options listed in 1.3 above are available, as well as the options listed below&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Column Delimiter || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || Users must specify the type of column delimiter in the results file&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pvalue Column Name || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || Users must specify the name of the column that contains the p-values&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Marker Column Name || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || Users must specify the heading of the column that contains marker names&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Human Genome Build || n/a (must be selected from web form) || Plots can be generated based on hg 18 (default) or hg17 positions&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| HapMap Population for LD || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || This option allows the user to specify which HapMap population was used to obtain LD estimates.  The default is CEU but users may select YRI or JPT+CHB&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Uploading your own file and using the batch mode ==&lt;br /&gt;
#  Uploading a file&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Association results can be uploaded to our web server using the LocusZoom webpage, which will accept a typical meta-analysis file for ~2.5 million SNPs provided the user selects only the required columns (SNP Name, p-value, and optionally, N) and gzips the file before uploading.  In our tests, this results in a file ~17 Mb which is below the 20 Mb file size limit.  This allows users to draw multiple plots from the LocusZoom website while only uploading the meta-analysis results file one time.  Alternatively, for faster viewing of a single region, users can upload a file that contains only the rows corresponding to SNPs in the region of interest or a particular chromosome.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Uploading the specification file&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Users can upload a specification file which allows for the easy generation of dozens of plots, where each plot can be customized for even more features than available on the web interface for LocusZoom.   The file is required to have 7 white space-delimited columns, where the last column can be blank.  The header is not important, but LocusZoom expects a header to exist.  To define a region to plot, users may specify either i) a SNP name in the first column and the appropriate flanking region (e.g. 200kb, 500kb, 1Mb) in the fifth column, or ii) a gene name in the first column and the appropriate flanking region in the fifth column, or iii) a chromosome number, start and stop positions in the 2nd, 3rd and 4th columns respectively. If option ii) is selected, LocusZoom will select the most significant SNP in the region as the index SNP.   If option iii) is chosen, the index SNP for the plot must be specified in the first column. For distances &amp;lt;= 500kb where the lead SNP is a HapMap SNP and LD from CEU is requested, the plots will be generated very quickly because we have pre-computed LD for all HapMap SNPs in the CEU.  The sixth column is used to select which regions should be plotted.  For example, if you run a specification file with 15 plots and 14 of them turn out very nicely, you may wish to re-run the specification file with some modifications to a single row of the specification file to tweak the last remaining plot.  In this case, you could change the 14 plots you don’t need to re-run to “no” under the 6th column (“run” column) and leave the 15th plot you’d like to re-run as “yes” in this column.  The 7th and final column contains optional LocusZoom arguments (see the 2nd column of Table 1.3 above).  As many options as the user wishes to change can be specified in 7th column and LocusZoom options should be separated by spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of a specification file (must include a header);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
specfile.txt&lt;br /&gt;
snp        chr start end flank run m2zargs&lt;br /&gt;
rs1	NA	 NA	NA	500kb	yes	rfrows=3 weightCol=”N” snpset=”HapMap” metalRug=”Our SNPs” &lt;br /&gt;
rs2	1	540000	580000	NA	yes	rfrows=4 legend=”right” showAnnot=T &lt;br /&gt;
CETP	NA	NA	NA	200kb	yes	rfrows=6 showAnnot=T annotPch=”1,24,24,25,22,21,8,7”&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=LocusZoom&amp;diff=330</id>
		<title>LocusZoom</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=LocusZoom&amp;diff=330"/>
		<updated>2010-02-03T02:44:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are three main methods to generate plots;&lt;br /&gt;
# Generate single plots using our publicly-available data from a genome-wide scan of ~20,000 individuals for HDL-cholesterol, LDL cholesterol and triglyceride levels.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate single plots using a web-based form&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate many plots at once by uploading a specification file.  Results will be emailed back to the user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Generate single plots using our publicly-available lipids GWAS data ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Selecting regions to display using our lipids data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The plots were designed to examine ~ 1 Megabase windows of the genome, although for regions with several association signals or long-range linkage disequilibrium patterns, plots extending as large as a few Mb can be drawn.  The user can specify the region to display in the LocusZoom plot in one of three ways; 1) an index SNP and a flanking region, 2) the chromosome together with start and stop positions (in basepairs), 3) gene name and a flanking region.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Displaying LD information&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In the main plot window, data points are colored according to their level of linkage disequilibrium (LD) with the index SNP.  If users specify the region to display using an index SNP and flanking region, LD of all data points will be relative to the user-specified index SNP.  If users specify the region to display using options 2 and 3 above, LocusZoom will select the most significant SNP in the region.  For all other SNPs in the plot, the color of the data point will reflect the pair-wise LD patterns with this index SNP.  The default LD which will be displayed is r2 from the HapMap CEU population (release 22), but users have the option to select either r2 or D’ from; HapMap CEU, HapMap YRI, Hapmap CHB+JPT, 1000 Genomes CEU.  Because we have pre-computed LD for all SNPs in HapMap CEU, plots will generate very quickly if using the default LD information, provided the region to display is less than 500kb either side of the index SNP.  SNPs with missing LD information are shown in grey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table 1.3 Additional options available from the web form&lt;br /&gt;
Additional options that can be used when generating any type of plot&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Option when using web || Option to include in specification file when using batch mode || Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Title on Plot || title=”My Favorite Locus” || The title above the plot can be specified&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Human Genome Build || n/a (must be selected from web form) || Plots can be generated based on hg 18 (default) or hg17 positions&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Legend Location || legend=”right” || This specifies the location of the legend within the plot, the default is left&lt;br /&gt;
(left, right, none)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Show RUG || snpset=”HapMap”&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To display rug for SNPs in analysis file;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;metalRug=”Rug SNPs” || Show a “rug” at the top of the plot – a series of vertical tick marks highlighting the positions of SNPs from HapMap CEU (here given as “HapMap”) or the markers shown in the plot (use metalRug)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Maximum Rows of Gene Names || rfrows=3 || LocusZoom will automatically determine the optimal number of rows to display genes and gene names so they are not overlapping.  However, if the user wishes to keep all plots the same size, the maximum number of gene rows can be specified.  Additional genes may be left off the figure to accommodate this feature so please use with caution.  If genes are missing from the plot, this will be indicated on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point Size Proportional to Sample Size || weightCol=”SampleSize” || This specifies that the “dot size” of the data points will reflect the square-root of the sample size (to reflect the s.e.).  The default is to have all dot sizes remain the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| LD Measure || ldCol=”dprime” (“rsquare”) || The color of the data points reflects the LD (r2) with the index SNP.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| HapMap Population for LD || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || This option allows the user to specify which HapMap population was used to obtain LD estimates.  The default is CEU but users may select YRI or JPT+CHB&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight Region of Interest || hiStart=425Mb&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;hiEnd=425.1Mb || A grey box can be used to highlight important regions of the genome – this can reflect the region of an association signal or a region being sequenced, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Theme || theme=”pub” || We have created a theme that has larger text and is more easily readable for publication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Format of Output File || format=”pdf,png”&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;format=”pdf”&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;format=”png” || Pdf or png output is available.  The default is pdf&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Show Annotation || showAnnot=T&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;showRefsnpAnnot=T&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;annotPch=”1,24,24,25,22,21,8,7” || SNP annotation is available for all 1000G SNPs (Aug 2009 release) and can be displayed on the plot using this option.  On the website, various annotation options can be turned on or off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Certain annotation fields can be turned on or off using the annotPch command.  To show several categories of SNPs as the same symbol, simply give the same R symbol code for those categories (e.g. annotPch=”1,24,24,24,21,21,21,21”).  The category listings, together with their default symbol setting are;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Framestop (24, triangle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Splice (24, triangle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;NonSynonymous (25, inverted triangle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Coding (22, square)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;UTR (21, filled circle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;TFBScons (8, star)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;MCS44 Placental (7, square with diagonal lines)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;None-of-the-above (1,  open circle)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Recombination Rate Overlay || showRecomb=T || The estimated recombination rate from HapMap samples can be shown on the plot, or left off.  The data plotted are from;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate single plots using a web-based form==&lt;br /&gt;
# Uploading your own association results&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Association results can be uploaded to our web server using the LocusZoom webpage, which will accept a typical meta-analysis file for ~2.5 million SNPs provided the user selects only the required columns (SNP Name, p-value, and optionally, N) and gzips the file before uploading.  In our tests, this results in a file ~17 Mb which is below the 20 Mb file size limit.  This allows users to draw multiple plots from the LocusZoom website while only uploading the meta-analysis results file one time.  Alternatively, for faster viewing of a single region, users can upload a file that contains only the rows corresponding to SNPs in the region of interest or a particular chromosome.  Users need to specify the name of the column containing SNP identifiers (rs numbers or genome-based names such as chr1:400000 where the position is from the same build as that being plotted, typically hg18) and the name of the column containing p-values.  Data points can optionally be sized according to the square-root of user-specified weights such as sample size.  Providing the name of the weight column turns this feature on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Options specific to uploading your own results&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;All options listed in 1.3 above are available, as well as the options listed below&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Column Delimiter || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || Users must specify the type of column delimiter in the results file&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pvalue Column Name || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || Users must specify the name of the column that contains the p-values&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Marker Column Name || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || Users must specify the heading of the column that contains marker names&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Human Genome Build || n/a (must be selected from web form) || Plots can be generated based on hg 18 (default) or hg17 positions&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| HapMap Population for LD || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || This option allows the user to specify which HapMap population was used to obtain LD estimates.  The default is CEU but users may select YRI or JPT+CHB&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Uploading your own file and using the batch mode ==&lt;br /&gt;
#  Uploading a file&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Association results can be uploaded to our web server using the LocusZoom webpage, which will accept a typical meta-analysis file for ~2.5 million SNPs provided the user selects only the required columns (SNP Name, p-value, and optionally, N) and gzips the file before uploading.  In our tests, this results in a file ~17 Mb which is below the 20 Mb file size limit.  This allows users to draw multiple plots from the LocusZoom website while only uploading the meta-analysis results file one time.  Alternatively, for faster viewing of a single region, users can upload a file that contains only the rows corresponding to SNPs in the region of interest or a particular chromosome.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Uploading the specification file&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Users can upload a specification file which allows for the easy generation of dozens of plots, where each plot can be customized for even more features than available on the web interface for LocusZoom.   The file is required to have 7 white space-delimited columns, where the last column can be blank.  The header is not important, but LocusZoom expects a header to exist.  To define a region to plot, users may specify either i) a SNP name in the first column and the appropriate flanking region (e.g. 200kb, 500kb, 1Mb) in the fifth column, or ii) a gene name in the first column and the appropriate flanking region in the fifth column, or iii) a chromosome number, start and stop positions in the 2nd, 3rd and 4th columns respectively. If option ii) is selected, LocusZoom will select the most significant SNP in the region as the index SNP.   If option iii) is chosen, the index SNP for the plot must be specified in the first column. For distances &amp;lt;= 500kb where the lead SNP is a HapMap SNP and LD from CEU is requested, the plots will be generated very quickly because we have pre-computed LD for all HapMap SNPs in the CEU.  The sixth column is used to select which regions should be plotted.  For example, if you run a specification file with 15 plots and 14 of them turn out very nicely, you may wish to re-run the specification file with some modifications to a single row of the specification file to tweak the last remaining plot.  In this case, you could change the 14 plots you don’t need to re-run to “no” under the 6th column (“run” column) and leave the 15th plot you’d like to re-run as “yes” in this column.  The 7th and final column contains optional LocusZoom arguments (see the 2nd column of Table 1.3 above).  As many options as the user wishes to change can be specified in 7th column and LocusZoom options should be separated by spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of a specification file (must include a header);&lt;br /&gt;
specfile.txt&lt;br /&gt;
snp        chr start end flank run m2zargs&lt;br /&gt;
rs1	NA	 NA	NA	500kb	yes	rfrows=3 weightCol=”N” snpset=”HapMap” metalRug=”Our SNPs” &lt;br /&gt;
rs2	1	540000	580000	NA	yes	rfrows=4 legend=”right” showAnnot=T &lt;br /&gt;
CETP	NA	NA	NA	200kb	yes	rfrows=6 showAnnot=T annotPch=”1,24,24,25,22,21,8,7”&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=LocusZoom&amp;diff=329</id>
		<title>LocusZoom</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=LocusZoom&amp;diff=329"/>
		<updated>2010-02-03T02:43:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: /* Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate single plots using a web-based form */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are three main methods to generate plots;&lt;br /&gt;
# Generate single plots using our publicly-available data from a genome-wide scan of ~20,000 individuals for HDL-cholesterol, LDL cholesterol and triglyceride levels.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate single plots using a web-based form&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate many plots at once by uploading a specification file.  Results will be emailed back to the user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Generate single plots using our publicly-available lipids GWAS data ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Selecting regions to display using our lipids data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The plots were designed to examine ~ 1 Megabase windows of the genome, although for regions with several association signals or long-range linkage disequilibrium patterns, plots extending as large as a few Mb can be drawn.  The user can specify the region to display in the LocusZoom plot in one of three ways; 1) an index SNP and a flanking region, 2) the chromosome together with start and stop positions (in basepairs), 3) gene name and a flanking region.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Displaying LD information&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In the main plot window, data points are colored according to their level of linkage disequilibrium (LD) with the index SNP.  If users specify the region to display using an index SNP and flanking region, LD of all data points will be relative to the user-specified index SNP.  If users specify the region to display using options 2 and 3 above, LocusZoom will select the most significant SNP in the region.  For all other SNPs in the plot, the color of the data point will reflect the pair-wise LD patterns with this index SNP.  The default LD which will be displayed is r2 from the HapMap CEU population (release 22), but users have the option to select either r2 or D’ from; HapMap CEU, HapMap YRI, Hapmap CHB+JPT, 1000 Genomes CEU.  Because we have pre-computed LD for all SNPs in HapMap CEU, plots will generate very quickly if using the default LD information, provided the region to display is less than 500kb either side of the index SNP.  SNPs with missing LD information are shown in grey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table 1.3 Additional options available from the web form&lt;br /&gt;
Additional options that can be used when generating any type of plot&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Option when using web || Option to include in specification file when using batch mode || Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Title on Plot || title=”My Favorite Locus” || The title above the plot can be specified&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Human Genome Build || n/a (must be selected from web form) || Plots can be generated based on hg 18 (default) or hg17 positions&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Legend Location || legend=”right” || This specifies the location of the legend within the plot, the default is left&lt;br /&gt;
(left, right, none)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Show RUG || snpset=”HapMap”&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To display rug for SNPs in analysis file;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;metalRug=”Rug SNPs” || Show a “rug” at the top of the plot – a series of vertical tick marks highlighting the positions of SNPs from HapMap CEU (here given as “HapMap”) or the markers shown in the plot (use metalRug)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Maximum Rows of Gene Names || rfrows=3 || LocusZoom will automatically determine the optimal number of rows to display genes and gene names so they are not overlapping.  However, if the user wishes to keep all plots the same size, the maximum number of gene rows can be specified.  Additional genes may be left off the figure to accommodate this feature so please use with caution.  If genes are missing from the plot, this will be indicated on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point Size Proportional to Sample Size || weightCol=”SampleSize” || This specifies that the “dot size” of the data points will reflect the square-root of the sample size (to reflect the s.e.).  The default is to have all dot sizes remain the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| LD Measure || ldCol=”dprime” (“rsquare”) || The color of the data points reflects the LD (r2) with the index SNP.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| HapMap Population for LD || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || This option allows the user to specify which HapMap population was used to obtain LD estimates.  The default is CEU but users may select YRI or JPT+CHB&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight Region of Interest || hiStart=425Mb&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;hiEnd=425.1Mb || A grey box can be used to highlight important regions of the genome – this can reflect the region of an association signal or a region being sequenced, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Theme || theme=”pub” || We have created a theme that has larger text and is more easily readable for publication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Format of Output File || format=”pdf,png”&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;format=”pdf”&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;format=”png” || Pdf or png output is available.  The default is pdf&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Show Annotation || showAnnot=T&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;showRefsnpAnnot=T&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;annotPch=”1,24,24,25,22,21,8,7” || SNP annotation is available for all 1000G SNPs (Aug 2009 release) and can be displayed on the plot using this option.  On the website, various annotation options can be turned on or off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Certain annotation fields can be turned on or off using the annotPch command.  To show several categories of SNPs as the same symbol, simply give the same R symbol code for those categories (e.g. annotPch=”1,24,24,24,21,21,21,21”).  The category listings, together with their default symbol setting are;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Framestop (24, triangle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Splice (24, triangle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;NonSynonymous (25, inverted triangle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Coding (22, square)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;UTR (21, filled circle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;TFBScons (8, star)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;MCS44 Placental (7, square with diagonal lines)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;None-of-the-above (1,  open circle)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Recombination Rate Overlay || showRecomb=T || The estimated recombination rate from HapMap samples can be shown on the plot, or left off.  The data plotted are from;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate single plots using a web-based form==&lt;br /&gt;
# Uploading your own association results&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Association results can be uploaded to our web server using the LocusZoom webpage, which will accept a typical meta-analysis file for ~2.5 million SNPs provided the user selects only the required columns (SNP Name, p-value, and optionally, N) and gzips the file before uploading.  In our tests, this results in a file ~17 Mb which is below the 20 Mb file size limit.  This allows users to draw multiple plots from the LocusZoom website while only uploading the meta-analysis results file one time.  Alternatively, for faster viewing of a single region, users can upload a file that contains only the rows corresponding to SNPs in the region of interest or a particular chromosome.  Users need to specify the name of the column containing SNP identifiers (rs numbers or genome-based names such as chr1:400000 where the position is from the same build as that being plotted, typically hg18) and the name of the column containing p-values.  Data points can optionally be sized according to the square-root of user-specified weights such as sample size.  Providing the name of the weight column turns this feature on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Options specific to uploading your own results&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;All options listed in 1.3 above are available, as well as the options listed below&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Column Delimiter || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || Users must specify the type of column delimiter in the results file&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pvalue Column Name || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || Users must specify the name of the column that contains the p-values&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Marker Column Name || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || Users must specify the heading of the column that contains marker names&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Human Genome Build || n/a (must be selected from web form) || Plots can be generated based on hg 18 (default) or hg17 positions&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| HapMap Population for LD || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || This option allows the user to specify which HapMap population was used to obtain LD estimates.  The default is CEU but users may select YRI or JPT+CHB&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Uploading your own file and using the batch mode ==&lt;br /&gt;
#  Uploading a file&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Association results can be uploaded to our web server using the LocusZoom webpage, which will accept a typical meta-analysis file for ~2.5 million SNPs provided the user selects only the required columns (SNP Name, p-value, and optionally, N) and gzips the file before uploading.  In our tests, this results in a file ~17 Mb which is below the 20 Mb file size limit.  This allows users to draw multiple plots from the LocusZoom website while only uploading the meta-analysis results file one time.  Alternatively, for faster viewing of a single region, users can upload a file that contains only the rows corresponding to SNPs in the region of interest or a particular chromosome.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Uploading the specification file&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Users can upload a specification file which allows for the easy generation of dozens of plots, where each plot can be customized for even more features than available on the web interface for LocusZoom.   The file is required to have 7 white space-delimited columns, where the last column can be blank.  The header is not important, but LocusZoom expects a header to exist.  To define a region to plot, users may specify either i) a SNP name in the first column and the appropriate flanking region (e.g. 200kb, 500kb, 1Mb) in the fifth column, or ii) a gene name in the first column and the appropriate flanking region in the fifth column, or iii) a chromosome number, start and stop positions in the 2nd, 3rd and 4th columns respectively. If option ii) is selected, LocusZoom will select the most significant SNP in the region as the index SNP.   If option iii) is chosen, the index SNP for the plot must be specified in the first column. For distances &amp;lt;= 500kb where the lead SNP is a HapMap SNP and LD from CEU is requested, the plots will be generated very quickly because we have pre-computed LD for all HapMap SNPs in the CEU.  The sixth column is used to select which regions should be plotted.  For example, if you run a specification file with 15 plots and 14 of them turn out very nicely, you may wish to re-run the specification file with some modifications to a single row of the specification file to tweak the last remaining plot.  In this case, you could change the 14 plots you don’t need to re-run to “no” under the 6th column (“run” column) and leave the 15th plot you’d like to re-run as “yes” in this column.  The 7th and final column contains optional LocusZoom arguments (see the 2nd column of Table 1.3 above).  As many options as the user wishes to change can be specified in 7th column and LocusZoom options should be separated by spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of a specification file (must include a header);&lt;br /&gt;
specfile.txt&lt;br /&gt;
snp        chr start end flank run m2zargs&lt;br /&gt;
rs1	NA	 NA	NA	500kb	yes	rfrows=3 weightCol=”N” snpset=”HapMap” metalRug=”Our SNPs” &lt;br /&gt;
rs2	1	540000	580000	NA	yes	rfrows=4 legend=”right” showAnnot=T &lt;br /&gt;
CETP	NA	NA	NA	200kb	yes	rfrows=6 showAnnot=T annotPch=”1,24,24,25,22,21,8,7”&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=LocusZoom&amp;diff=328</id>
		<title>LocusZoom</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=LocusZoom&amp;diff=328"/>
		<updated>2010-02-03T02:43:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: /* Generate single plots using our publicly-available lipids GWAS data */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are three main methods to generate plots;&lt;br /&gt;
# Generate single plots using our publicly-available data from a genome-wide scan of ~20,000 individuals for HDL-cholesterol, LDL cholesterol and triglyceride levels.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate single plots using a web-based form&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate many plots at once by uploading a specification file.  Results will be emailed back to the user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Generate single plots using our publicly-available lipids GWAS data ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Selecting regions to display using our lipids data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The plots were designed to examine ~ 1 Megabase windows of the genome, although for regions with several association signals or long-range linkage disequilibrium patterns, plots extending as large as a few Mb can be drawn.  The user can specify the region to display in the LocusZoom plot in one of three ways; 1) an index SNP and a flanking region, 2) the chromosome together with start and stop positions (in basepairs), 3) gene name and a flanking region.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Displaying LD information&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In the main plot window, data points are colored according to their level of linkage disequilibrium (LD) with the index SNP.  If users specify the region to display using an index SNP and flanking region, LD of all data points will be relative to the user-specified index SNP.  If users specify the region to display using options 2 and 3 above, LocusZoom will select the most significant SNP in the region.  For all other SNPs in the plot, the color of the data point will reflect the pair-wise LD patterns with this index SNP.  The default LD which will be displayed is r2 from the HapMap CEU population (release 22), but users have the option to select either r2 or D’ from; HapMap CEU, HapMap YRI, Hapmap CHB+JPT, 1000 Genomes CEU.  Because we have pre-computed LD for all SNPs in HapMap CEU, plots will generate very quickly if using the default LD information, provided the region to display is less than 500kb either side of the index SNP.  SNPs with missing LD information are shown in grey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table 1.3 Additional options available from the web form&lt;br /&gt;
Additional options that can be used when generating any type of plot&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Option when using web || Option to include in specification file when using batch mode || Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Title on Plot || title=”My Favorite Locus” || The title above the plot can be specified&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Human Genome Build || n/a (must be selected from web form) || Plots can be generated based on hg 18 (default) or hg17 positions&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Legend Location || legend=”right” || This specifies the location of the legend within the plot, the default is left&lt;br /&gt;
(left, right, none)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Show RUG || snpset=”HapMap”&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To display rug for SNPs in analysis file;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;metalRug=”Rug SNPs” || Show a “rug” at the top of the plot – a series of vertical tick marks highlighting the positions of SNPs from HapMap CEU (here given as “HapMap”) or the markers shown in the plot (use metalRug)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Maximum Rows of Gene Names || rfrows=3 || LocusZoom will automatically determine the optimal number of rows to display genes and gene names so they are not overlapping.  However, if the user wishes to keep all plots the same size, the maximum number of gene rows can be specified.  Additional genes may be left off the figure to accommodate this feature so please use with caution.  If genes are missing from the plot, this will be indicated on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point Size Proportional to Sample Size || weightCol=”SampleSize” || This specifies that the “dot size” of the data points will reflect the square-root of the sample size (to reflect the s.e.).  The default is to have all dot sizes remain the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| LD Measure || ldCol=”dprime” (“rsquare”) || The color of the data points reflects the LD (r2) with the index SNP.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| HapMap Population for LD || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || This option allows the user to specify which HapMap population was used to obtain LD estimates.  The default is CEU but users may select YRI or JPT+CHB&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight Region of Interest || hiStart=425Mb&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;hiEnd=425.1Mb || A grey box can be used to highlight important regions of the genome – this can reflect the region of an association signal or a region being sequenced, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Theme || theme=”pub” || We have created a theme that has larger text and is more easily readable for publication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Format of Output File || format=”pdf,png”&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;format=”pdf”&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;format=”png” || Pdf or png output is available.  The default is pdf&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Show Annotation || showAnnot=T&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;showRefsnpAnnot=T&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;annotPch=”1,24,24,25,22,21,8,7” || SNP annotation is available for all 1000G SNPs (Aug 2009 release) and can be displayed on the plot using this option.  On the website, various annotation options can be turned on or off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Certain annotation fields can be turned on or off using the annotPch command.  To show several categories of SNPs as the same symbol, simply give the same R symbol code for those categories (e.g. annotPch=”1,24,24,24,21,21,21,21”).  The category listings, together with their default symbol setting are;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Framestop (24, triangle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Splice (24, triangle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;NonSynonymous (25, inverted triangle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Coding (22, square)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;UTR (21, filled circle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;TFBScons (8, star)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;MCS44 Placental (7, square with diagonal lines)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;None-of-the-above (1,  open circle)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Recombination Rate Overlay || showRecomb=T || The estimated recombination rate from HapMap samples can be shown on the plot, or left off.  The data plotted are from;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate single plots using a web-based form==&lt;br /&gt;
# Uploading your own association results&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Association results can be uploaded to our web server using the LocusZoom webpage, which will accept a typical meta-analysis file for ~2.5 million SNPs provided the user selects only the required columns (SNP Name, p-value, and optionally, N) and gzips the file before uploading.  In our tests, this results in a file ~17 Mb which is below the 20 Mb file size limit.  This allows users to draw multiple plots from the LocusZoom website while only uploading the meta-analysis results file one time.  Alternatively, for faster viewing of a single region, users can upload a file that contains only the rows corresponding to SNPs in the region of interest or a particular chromosome.  Users need to specify the name of the column containing SNP identifiers (rs numbers or genome-based names such as chr1:400000 where the position is from the same build as that being plotted, typically hg18) and the name of the column containing p-values.  Data points can optionally be sized according to the square-root of user-specified weights such as sample size.  Providing the name of the weight column turns this feature on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Options specific to uploading your own results&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;All options listed in 1.3 above are available, as well as the options listed below&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Column Delimiter || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || Users must specify the type of column delimiter in the results file&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Pvalue Column Name || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || Users must specify the name of the column that contains the p-values&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Marker Column Name || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || Users must specify the heading of the column that contains marker names&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Human Genome Build || n/a (must be selected from web form) || Plots can be generated based on hg 18 (default) or hg17 positions&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| HapMap Population for LD || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || This option allows the user to specify which HapMap population was used to obtain LD estimates.  The default is CEU but users may select YRI or JPT+CHB&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Uploading your own file and using the batch mode ==&lt;br /&gt;
#  Uploading a file&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Association results can be uploaded to our web server using the LocusZoom webpage, which will accept a typical meta-analysis file for ~2.5 million SNPs provided the user selects only the required columns (SNP Name, p-value, and optionally, N) and gzips the file before uploading.  In our tests, this results in a file ~17 Mb which is below the 20 Mb file size limit.  This allows users to draw multiple plots from the LocusZoom website while only uploading the meta-analysis results file one time.  Alternatively, for faster viewing of a single region, users can upload a file that contains only the rows corresponding to SNPs in the region of interest or a particular chromosome.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Uploading the specification file&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Users can upload a specification file which allows for the easy generation of dozens of plots, where each plot can be customized for even more features than available on the web interface for LocusZoom.   The file is required to have 7 white space-delimited columns, where the last column can be blank.  The header is not important, but LocusZoom expects a header to exist.  To define a region to plot, users may specify either i) a SNP name in the first column and the appropriate flanking region (e.g. 200kb, 500kb, 1Mb) in the fifth column, or ii) a gene name in the first column and the appropriate flanking region in the fifth column, or iii) a chromosome number, start and stop positions in the 2nd, 3rd and 4th columns respectively. If option ii) is selected, LocusZoom will select the most significant SNP in the region as the index SNP.   If option iii) is chosen, the index SNP for the plot must be specified in the first column. For distances &amp;lt;= 500kb where the lead SNP is a HapMap SNP and LD from CEU is requested, the plots will be generated very quickly because we have pre-computed LD for all HapMap SNPs in the CEU.  The sixth column is used to select which regions should be plotted.  For example, if you run a specification file with 15 plots and 14 of them turn out very nicely, you may wish to re-run the specification file with some modifications to a single row of the specification file to tweak the last remaining plot.  In this case, you could change the 14 plots you don’t need to re-run to “no” under the 6th column (“run” column) and leave the 15th plot you’d like to re-run as “yes” in this column.  The 7th and final column contains optional LocusZoom arguments (see the 2nd column of Table 1.3 above).  As many options as the user wishes to change can be specified in 7th column and LocusZoom options should be separated by spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of a specification file (must include a header);&lt;br /&gt;
specfile.txt&lt;br /&gt;
snp        chr start end flank run m2zargs&lt;br /&gt;
rs1	NA	 NA	NA	500kb	yes	rfrows=3 weightCol=”N” snpset=”HapMap” metalRug=”Our SNPs” &lt;br /&gt;
rs2	1	540000	580000	NA	yes	rfrows=4 legend=”right” showAnnot=T &lt;br /&gt;
CETP	NA	NA	NA	200kb	yes	rfrows=6 showAnnot=T annotPch=”1,24,24,25,22,21,8,7”&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=LocusZoom&amp;diff=327</id>
		<title>LocusZoom</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=LocusZoom&amp;diff=327"/>
		<updated>2010-02-03T02:40:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: /* Generate single plots using our publicly-available lipids GWAS data */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are three main methods to generate plots;&lt;br /&gt;
# Generate single plots using our publicly-available data from a genome-wide scan of ~20,000 individuals for HDL-cholesterol, LDL cholesterol and triglyceride levels.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate single plots using a web-based form&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate many plots at once by uploading a specification file.  Results will be emailed back to the user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Generate single plots using our publicly-available lipids GWAS data ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Selecting regions to display using our lipids data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The plots were designed to examine ~ 1 Megabase windows of the genome, although for regions with several association signals or long-range linkage disequilibrium patterns, plots extending as large as a few Mb can be drawn.  The user can specify the region to display in the LocusZoom plot in one of three ways; 1) an index SNP and a flanking region, 2) the chromosome together with start and stop positions (in basepairs), 3) gene name and a flanking region.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Displaying LD information&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In the main plot window, data points are colored according to their level of linkage disequilibrium (LD) with the index SNP.  If users specify the region to display using an index SNP and flanking region, LD of all data points will be relative to the user-specified index SNP.  If users specify the region to display using options 2 and 3 above, LocusZoom will select the most significant SNP in the region.  For all other SNPs in the plot, the color of the data point will reflect the pair-wise LD patterns with this index SNP.  The default LD which will be displayed is r2 from the HapMap CEU population (release 22), but users have the option to select either r2 or D’ from; HapMap CEU, HapMap YRI, Hapmap CHB+JPT, 1000 Genomes CEU.  Because we have pre-computed LD for all SNPs in HapMap CEU, plots will generate very quickly if using the default LD information, provided the region to display is less than 500kb either side of the index SNP.  SNPs with missing LD information are shown in grey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table 1.3 Additional options available from the web form&lt;br /&gt;
Additional options that can be used when generating any type of plot&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Option when using web || Option to include in specification file when using batch mode || Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Title on Plot || title=”My Favorite Locus” || The title above the plot can be specified&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Human Genome Build || n/a (must be selected from web form) || Plots can be generated based on hg 18 (default) or hg17 positions&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Legend Location || legend=”right” || This specifies the location of the legend within the plot, the default is left&lt;br /&gt;
(left, right, none)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Show RUG || snpset=”HapMap”&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To display rug for SNPs in analysis file;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;metalRug=”Rug SNPs” || Show a “rug” at the top of the plot – a series of vertical tick marks highlighting the positions of SNPs from HapMap CEU (here given as “HapMap”) or the markers shown in the plot (use metalRug)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Maximum Rows of Gene Names || rfrows=3 || LocusZoom will automatically determine the optimal number of rows to display genes and gene names so they are not overlapping.  However, if the user wishes to keep all plots the same size, the maximum number of gene rows can be specified.  Additional genes may be left off the figure to accommodate this feature so please use with caution.  If genes are missing from the plot, this will be indicated on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point Size Proportional to Sample Size || weightCol=”SampleSize” || This specifies that the “dot size” of the data points will reflect the square-root of the sample size (to reflect the s.e.).  The default is to have all dot sizes remain the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| LD Measure || ldCol=”dprime” (“rsquare”) || The color of the data points reflects the LD (r2) with the index SNP.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| HapMap Population for LD || n/a  (must be selected from web form) || This option allows the user to specify which HapMap population was used to obtain LD estimates.  The default is CEU but users may select YRI or JPT+CHB&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight Region of Interest || hiStart=425Mb&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;hiEnd=425.1Mb || A grey box can be used to highlight important regions of the genome – this can reflect the region of an association signal or a region being sequenced, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Theme || theme=”pub” || We have created a theme that has larger text and is more easily readable for publication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Format of Output File || format=”pdf,png”&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;format=”pdf”&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;format=”png” || Pdf or png output is available.  The default is pdf&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Show Annotation || showAnnot=T&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;showRefsnpAnnot=T&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;annotPch=”1,24,24,25,22,21,8,7” || SNP annotation is available for all 1000G SNPs (Aug 2009 release) and can be displayed on the plot using this option.  On the website, various annotation options can be turned on or off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Certain annotation fields can be turned on or off using the annotPch command.  To show several categories of SNPs as the same symbol, simply give the same R symbol code for those categories (e.g. annotPch=”1,24,24,24,21,21,21,21”).  The category listings, together with their default symbol setting are;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Framestop (24, triangle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Splice (24, triangle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;NonSynonymous (25, inverted triangle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Coding (22, square)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;UTR (21, filled circle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;TFBScons (8, star)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;MCS44 Placental (7, square with diagonal lines)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;None-of-the-above (1,  open circle)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Recombination Rate Overlay || showRecomb=T || The estimated recombination rate from HapMap samples can be shown on the plot, or left off.  The data plotted are from;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate single plots using a web-based form&lt;br /&gt;
2. 1 Uploading your own association results&lt;br /&gt;
Association results can be uploaded to our web server using the LocusZoom webpage, which will accept a typical meta-analysis file for ~2.5 million SNPs provided the user selects only the required columns (SNP Name, p-value, and optionally, N) and gzips the file before uploading.  In our tests, this results in a file ~17 Mb which is below the 20 Mb file size limit.  This allows users to draw multiple plots from the LocusZoom website while only uploading the meta-analysis results file one time.  Alternatively, for faster viewing of a single region, users can upload a file that contains only the rows corresponding to SNPs in the region of interest or a particular chromosome.  Users need to specify the name of the column containing SNP identifiers (rs numbers or genome-based names such as chr1:400000 where the position is from the same build as that being plotted, typically hg18) and the name of the column containing p-values.  Data points can optionally be sized according to the square-root of user-specified weights such as sample size.  Providing the name of the weight column turns this feature on.&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Options specific to uploading your own results&lt;br /&gt;
All options listed in 1.3 above are available, as well as the options listed below&lt;br /&gt;
Column Delimiter	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	Users must specify the type of column delimiter in the results file&lt;br /&gt;
Pvalue Column Name	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	Users must specify the name of the column that contains the p-values&lt;br /&gt;
Marker Column Name	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	Users must specify the heading of the column that contains marker names&lt;br /&gt;
Human Genome Build	n/a (must be selected from web form)	Plots can be generated based on hg 18 (default) or hg17 positions&lt;br /&gt;
HapMap Population for LD	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	This option allows the user to specify which HapMap population was used to obtain LD estimates.  The default is CEU but users may select YRI or JPT+CHB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 Uploading your own file and using the batch mode&lt;br /&gt;
3.1  Uploading a file&lt;br /&gt;
Association results can be uploaded to our web server using the LocusZoom webpage, which will accept a typical meta-analysis file for ~2.5 million SNPs provided the user selects only the required columns (SNP Name, p-value, and optionally, N) and gzips the file before uploading.  In our tests, this results in a file ~17 Mb which is below the 20 Mb file size limit.  This allows users to draw multiple plots from the LocusZoom website while only uploading the meta-analysis results file one time.  Alternatively, for faster viewing of a single region, users can upload a file that contains only the rows corresponding to SNPs in the region of interest or a particular chromosome.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 Uploading the specification file&lt;br /&gt;
Users can upload a specification file which allows for the easy generation of dozens of plots, where each plot can be customized for even more features than available on the web interface for LocusZoom.   The file is required to have 7 white space-delimited columns, where the last column can be blank.  The header is not important, but LocusZoom expects a header to exist.  To define a region to plot, users may specify either i) a SNP name in the first column and the appropriate flanking region (e.g. 200kb, 500kb, 1Mb) in the fifth column, or ii) a gene name in the first column and the appropriate flanking region in the fifth column, or iii) a chromosome number, start and stop positions in the 2nd, 3rd and 4th columns respectively. If option ii) is selected, LocusZoom will select the most significant SNP in the region as the index SNP.   If option iii) is chosen, the index SNP for the plot must be specified in the first column. For distances &amp;lt;= 500kb where the lead SNP is a HapMap SNP and LD from CEU is requested, the plots will be generated very quickly because we have pre-computed LD for all HapMap SNPs in the CEU.  The sixth column is used to select which regions should be plotted.  For example, if you run a specification file with 15 plots and 14 of them turn out very nicely, you may wish to re-run the specification file with some modifications to a single row of the specification file to tweak the last remaining plot.  In this case, you could change the 14 plots you don’t need to re-run to “no” under the 6th column (“run” column) and leave the 15th plot you’d like to re-run as “yes” in this column.  The 7th and final column contains optional LocusZoom arguments (see the 2nd column of Table 1.3 above).  As many options as the user wishes to change can be specified in 7th column and LocusZoom options should be separated by spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of a specification file (must include a header);&lt;br /&gt;
specfile.txt&lt;br /&gt;
snp        chr start end flank run m2zargs&lt;br /&gt;
rs1	NA	 NA	NA	500kb	yes	rfrows=3 weightCol=”N” snpset=”HapMap” metalRug=”Our SNPs” &lt;br /&gt;
rs2	1	540000	580000	NA	yes	rfrows=4 legend=”right” showAnnot=T &lt;br /&gt;
CETP	NA	NA	NA	200kb	yes	rfrows=6 showAnnot=T annotPch=”1,24,24,25,22,21,8,7”&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=LocusZoom&amp;diff=326</id>
		<title>LocusZoom</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=LocusZoom&amp;diff=326"/>
		<updated>2010-02-03T02:36:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: /* Generate single plots using our publicly-available lipids GWAS data */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are three main methods to generate plots;&lt;br /&gt;
# Generate single plots using our publicly-available data from a genome-wide scan of ~20,000 individuals for HDL-cholesterol, LDL cholesterol and triglyceride levels.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate single plots using a web-based form&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate many plots at once by uploading a specification file.  Results will be emailed back to the user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Generate single plots using our publicly-available lipids GWAS data ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Selecting regions to display using our lipids data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The plots were designed to examine ~ 1 Megabase windows of the genome, although for regions with several association signals or long-range linkage disequilibrium patterns, plots extending as large as a few Mb can be drawn.  The user can specify the region to display in the LocusZoom plot in one of three ways; 1) an index SNP and a flanking region, 2) the chromosome together with start and stop positions (in basepairs), 3) gene name and a flanking region.  &lt;br /&gt;
# Displaying LD information&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In the main plot window, data points are colored according to their level of linkage disequilibrium (LD) with the index SNP.  If users specify the region to display using an index SNP and flanking region, LD of all data points will be relative to the user-specified index SNP.  If users specify the region to display using options 2 and 3 above, LocusZoom will select the most significant SNP in the region.  For all other SNPs in the plot, the color of the data point will reflect the pair-wise LD patterns with this index SNP.  The default LD which will be displayed is r2 from the HapMap CEU population (release 22), but users have the option to select either r2 or D’ from; HapMap CEU, HapMap YRI, Hapmap CHB+JPT, 1000 Genomes CEU.  Because we have pre-computed LD for all SNPs in HapMap CEU, plots will generate very quickly if using the default LD information, provided the region to display is less than 500kb either side of the index SNP.  SNPs with missing LD information are shown in grey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table 1.3 Additional options available from the web form&lt;br /&gt;
Additional options that can be used when generating any type of plot&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Option when using web || Option to include in specification file when using batch mode || Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Title on Plot || title=”My Favorite Locus” || The title above the plot can be specified&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Human Genome Build || n/a (must be selected from web form) || Plots can be generated based on hg 18 (default) or hg17 positions&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Legend Location	legend=”right”	This specifies the location of the legend within the plot, the default is left&lt;br /&gt;
(left, right, none)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Show RUG	snpset=”HapMap”&lt;br /&gt;
To display rug for SNPs in analysis file;&lt;br /&gt;
metalRug=”Rug SNPs”	Show a “rug” at the top of the plot – a series of vertical tick marks highlighting the positions of SNPs from HapMap CEU (here given as “HapMap”) or the markers shown in the plot (use metalRug)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Maximum Rows of Gene Names	rfrows=3	LocusZoom will automatically determine the optimal number of rows to display genes and gene names so they are not overlapping.  However, if the user wishes to keep all plots the same size, the maximum number of gene rows can be specified.  Additional genes may be left off the figure to accommodate this feature so please use with caution.  If genes are missing from the plot, this will be indicated on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point Size Proportional to Sample Size	weightCol=”SampleSize”	This specifies that the “dot size” of the data points will reflect the square-root of the sample size (to reflect the s.e.).  The default is to have all dot sizes remain the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| LD Measure	ldCol=”dprime” (“rsquare”)	The color of the data points reflects the LD (r2) with the index SNP.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| HapMap Population for LD	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	This option allows the user to specify which HapMap population was used to obtain LD estimates.  The default is CEU but users may select YRI or JPT+CHB&lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight Region of Interest	hiStart=425Mb&lt;br /&gt;
hiEnd=425.1Mb	A grey box can be used to highlight important regions of the genome – this can reflect the region of an association signal or a region being sequenced, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
| Theme	theme=”pub”	We have created a theme that has larger text and is more easily readable for publication.&lt;br /&gt;
| Format of Output File	format=”pdf,png”&lt;br /&gt;
format=”pdf”&lt;br /&gt;
format=”png”	Pdf or png output is available.  The default is pdf&lt;br /&gt;
| Show Annotation || showAnnot=T&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;showRefsnpAnnot=T&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;annotPch=”1,24,24,25,22,21,8,7” || SNP annotation is available for all 1000G SNPs (Aug 2009 release) and can be displayed on the plot using this option.  On the website, various annotation options can be turned on or off.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Certain annotation fields can be turned on or off using the annotPch command.  To show several categories of SNPs as the same symbol, simply give the same R symbol code for those categories (e.g. annotPch=”1,24,24,24,21,21,21,21”).  The category listings, together with their default symbol setting are;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Framestop (24, triangle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Splice (24, triangle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;NonSynonymous (25, inverted triangle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Coding (22, square)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;UTR (21, filled circle)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;TFBScons (8, star)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;MCS44 Placental (7, square with diagonal lines)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;None-of-the-above (1,  open circle)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Recombination Rate Overlay || showRecomb=T || The estimated recombination rate from HapMap samples can be shown on the plot, or left off.  The data plotted are from;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate single plots using a web-based form&lt;br /&gt;
2. 1 Uploading your own association results&lt;br /&gt;
Association results can be uploaded to our web server using the LocusZoom webpage, which will accept a typical meta-analysis file for ~2.5 million SNPs provided the user selects only the required columns (SNP Name, p-value, and optionally, N) and gzips the file before uploading.  In our tests, this results in a file ~17 Mb which is below the 20 Mb file size limit.  This allows users to draw multiple plots from the LocusZoom website while only uploading the meta-analysis results file one time.  Alternatively, for faster viewing of a single region, users can upload a file that contains only the rows corresponding to SNPs in the region of interest or a particular chromosome.  Users need to specify the name of the column containing SNP identifiers (rs numbers or genome-based names such as chr1:400000 where the position is from the same build as that being plotted, typically hg18) and the name of the column containing p-values.  Data points can optionally be sized according to the square-root of user-specified weights such as sample size.  Providing the name of the weight column turns this feature on.&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Options specific to uploading your own results&lt;br /&gt;
All options listed in 1.3 above are available, as well as the options listed below&lt;br /&gt;
Column Delimiter	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	Users must specify the type of column delimiter in the results file&lt;br /&gt;
Pvalue Column Name	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	Users must specify the name of the column that contains the p-values&lt;br /&gt;
Marker Column Name	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	Users must specify the heading of the column that contains marker names&lt;br /&gt;
Human Genome Build	n/a (must be selected from web form)	Plots can be generated based on hg 18 (default) or hg17 positions&lt;br /&gt;
HapMap Population for LD	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	This option allows the user to specify which HapMap population was used to obtain LD estimates.  The default is CEU but users may select YRI or JPT+CHB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 Uploading your own file and using the batch mode&lt;br /&gt;
3.1  Uploading a file&lt;br /&gt;
Association results can be uploaded to our web server using the LocusZoom webpage, which will accept a typical meta-analysis file for ~2.5 million SNPs provided the user selects only the required columns (SNP Name, p-value, and optionally, N) and gzips the file before uploading.  In our tests, this results in a file ~17 Mb which is below the 20 Mb file size limit.  This allows users to draw multiple plots from the LocusZoom website while only uploading the meta-analysis results file one time.  Alternatively, for faster viewing of a single region, users can upload a file that contains only the rows corresponding to SNPs in the region of interest or a particular chromosome.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 Uploading the specification file&lt;br /&gt;
Users can upload a specification file which allows for the easy generation of dozens of plots, where each plot can be customized for even more features than available on the web interface for LocusZoom.   The file is required to have 7 white space-delimited columns, where the last column can be blank.  The header is not important, but LocusZoom expects a header to exist.  To define a region to plot, users may specify either i) a SNP name in the first column and the appropriate flanking region (e.g. 200kb, 500kb, 1Mb) in the fifth column, or ii) a gene name in the first column and the appropriate flanking region in the fifth column, or iii) a chromosome number, start and stop positions in the 2nd, 3rd and 4th columns respectively. If option ii) is selected, LocusZoom will select the most significant SNP in the region as the index SNP.   If option iii) is chosen, the index SNP for the plot must be specified in the first column. For distances &amp;lt;= 500kb where the lead SNP is a HapMap SNP and LD from CEU is requested, the plots will be generated very quickly because we have pre-computed LD for all HapMap SNPs in the CEU.  The sixth column is used to select which regions should be plotted.  For example, if you run a specification file with 15 plots and 14 of them turn out very nicely, you may wish to re-run the specification file with some modifications to a single row of the specification file to tweak the last remaining plot.  In this case, you could change the 14 plots you don’t need to re-run to “no” under the 6th column (“run” column) and leave the 15th plot you’d like to re-run as “yes” in this column.  The 7th and final column contains optional LocusZoom arguments (see the 2nd column of Table 1.3 above).  As many options as the user wishes to change can be specified in 7th column and LocusZoom options should be separated by spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of a specification file (must include a header);&lt;br /&gt;
specfile.txt&lt;br /&gt;
snp        chr start end flank run m2zargs&lt;br /&gt;
rs1	NA	 NA	NA	500kb	yes	rfrows=3 weightCol=”N” snpset=”HapMap” metalRug=”Our SNPs” &lt;br /&gt;
rs2	1	540000	580000	NA	yes	rfrows=4 legend=”right” showAnnot=T &lt;br /&gt;
CETP	NA	NA	NA	200kb	yes	rfrows=6 showAnnot=T annotPch=”1,24,24,25,22,21,8,7”&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=LocusZoom&amp;diff=325</id>
		<title>LocusZoom</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=LocusZoom&amp;diff=325"/>
		<updated>2010-02-03T02:32:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: /* Generate single plots using our publicly-available lipids GWAS data */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are three main methods to generate plots;&lt;br /&gt;
# Generate single plots using our publicly-available data from a genome-wide scan of ~20,000 individuals for HDL-cholesterol, LDL cholesterol and triglyceride levels.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate single plots using a web-based form&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate many plots at once by uploading a specification file.  Results will be emailed back to the user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Generate single plots using our publicly-available lipids GWAS data ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Selecting regions to display using our lipids data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The plots were designed to examine ~ 1 Megabase windows of the genome, although for regions with several association signals or long-range linkage disequilibrium patterns, plots extending as large as a few Mb can be drawn.  The user can specify the region to display in the LocusZoom plot in one of three ways; 1) an index SNP and a flanking region, 2) the chromosome together with start and stop positions (in basepairs), 3) gene name and a flanking region.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Displaying LD information&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In the main plot window, data points are colored according to their level of linkage disequilibrium (LD) with the index SNP.  If users specify the region to display using an index SNP and flanking region, LD of all data points will be relative to the user-specified index SNP.  If users specify the region to display using options 2 and 3 above, LocusZoom will select the most significant SNP in the region.  For all other SNPs in the plot, the color of the data point will reflect the pair-wise LD patterns with this index SNP.  The default LD which will be displayed is r2 from the HapMap CEU population (release 22), but users have the option to select either r2 or D’ from; HapMap CEU, HapMap YRI, Hapmap CHB+JPT, 1000 Genomes CEU.  Because we have pre-computed LD for all SNPs in HapMap CEU, plots will generate very quickly if using the default LD information, provided the region to display is less than 500kb either side of the index SNP.  SNPs with missing LD information are shown in grey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table 1.3 Additional options available from the web form&lt;br /&gt;
Additional options that can be used when generating any type of plot&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Option when using web || Option to include in specification file when using batch mode || Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Title on Plot || title=”My Favorite Locus” || The title above the plot can be specified&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Human Genome Build || n/a (must be selected from web form) || Plots can be generated based on hg 18 (default) or hg17 positions&lt;br /&gt;
Legend Location	legend=”right”	This specifies the location of the legend within the plot, the default is left&lt;br /&gt;
(left, right, none)&lt;br /&gt;
Show RUG	snpset=”HapMap”&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
To display rug for SNPs in analysis file;&lt;br /&gt;
metalRug=”Rug SNPs”	Show a “rug” at the top of the plot – a series of vertical tick marks highlighting the positions of SNPs from HapMap CEU (here given as “HapMap”) or the markers shown in the plot (use metalRug)&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum Rows of Gene Names	rfrows=3	LocusZoom will automatically determine the optimal number of rows to display genes and gene names so they are not overlapping.  However, if the user wishes to keep all plots the same size, the maximum number of gene rows can be specified.  Additional genes may be left off the figure to accommodate this feature so please use with caution.  If genes are missing from the plot, this will be indicated on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
Point Size Proportional to Sample Size	weightCol=”SampleSize”	This specifies that the “dot size” of the data points will reflect the square-root of the sample size (to reflect the s.e.).  The default is to have all dot sizes remain the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
LD Measure	ldCol=”dprime” (“rsquare”)	The color of the data points reflects the LD (r2) with the index SNP.  &lt;br /&gt;
HapMap Population for LD	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	This option allows the user to specify which HapMap population was used to obtain LD estimates.  The default is CEU but users may select YRI or JPT+CHB&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight Region of Interest	hiStart=425Mb&lt;br /&gt;
hiEnd=425.1Mb	A grey box can be used to highlight important regions of the genome – this can reflect the region of an association signal or a region being sequenced, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Theme	theme=”pub”	We have created a theme that has larger text and is more easily readable for publication.&lt;br /&gt;
Format of Output File	format=”pdf,png”&lt;br /&gt;
format=”pdf”&lt;br /&gt;
format=”png”	Pdf or png output is available.  The default is pdf&lt;br /&gt;
Show Annotation	showAnnot=T&lt;br /&gt;
showRefsnpAnnot=T&lt;br /&gt;
annotPch=”1,24,24,25,22,21,8,7”	SNP annotation is available for all 1000G SNPs (Aug 2009 release) and can be displayed on the plot using this option.  On the website, various annotation options can be turned on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
Certain annotation fields can be turned on or off using the annotPch command.  To show several categories of SNPs as the same symbol, simply give the same R symbol code for those categories (e.g. annotPch=”1,24,24,24,21,21,21,21”).  The category listings, together with their default symbol setting are;&lt;br /&gt;
Framestop (24, triangle)&lt;br /&gt;
Splice (24, triangle)&lt;br /&gt;
NonSynonymous (25, inverted triangle)&lt;br /&gt;
Coding (22, square)&lt;br /&gt;
UTR (21, filled circle)&lt;br /&gt;
TFBScons (8, star)&lt;br /&gt;
MCS44 Placental (7, square with diagonal lines)&lt;br /&gt;
None-of-the-above (1,  open circle)&lt;br /&gt;
Recombination Rate Overlay	showRecomb=T	The estimated recombination rate from HapMap samples can be shown on the plot, or left off.  The data plotted are from;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate single plots using a web-based form&lt;br /&gt;
2. 1 Uploading your own association results&lt;br /&gt;
Association results can be uploaded to our web server using the LocusZoom webpage, which will accept a typical meta-analysis file for ~2.5 million SNPs provided the user selects only the required columns (SNP Name, p-value, and optionally, N) and gzips the file before uploading.  In our tests, this results in a file ~17 Mb which is below the 20 Mb file size limit.  This allows users to draw multiple plots from the LocusZoom website while only uploading the meta-analysis results file one time.  Alternatively, for faster viewing of a single region, users can upload a file that contains only the rows corresponding to SNPs in the region of interest or a particular chromosome.  Users need to specify the name of the column containing SNP identifiers (rs numbers or genome-based names such as chr1:400000 where the position is from the same build as that being plotted, typically hg18) and the name of the column containing p-values.  Data points can optionally be sized according to the square-root of user-specified weights such as sample size.  Providing the name of the weight column turns this feature on.&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Options specific to uploading your own results&lt;br /&gt;
All options listed in 1.3 above are available, as well as the options listed below&lt;br /&gt;
Column Delimiter	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	Users must specify the type of column delimiter in the results file&lt;br /&gt;
Pvalue Column Name	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	Users must specify the name of the column that contains the p-values&lt;br /&gt;
Marker Column Name	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	Users must specify the heading of the column that contains marker names&lt;br /&gt;
Human Genome Build	n/a (must be selected from web form)	Plots can be generated based on hg 18 (default) or hg17 positions&lt;br /&gt;
HapMap Population for LD	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	This option allows the user to specify which HapMap population was used to obtain LD estimates.  The default is CEU but users may select YRI or JPT+CHB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 Uploading your own file and using the batch mode&lt;br /&gt;
3.1  Uploading a file&lt;br /&gt;
Association results can be uploaded to our web server using the LocusZoom webpage, which will accept a typical meta-analysis file for ~2.5 million SNPs provided the user selects only the required columns (SNP Name, p-value, and optionally, N) and gzips the file before uploading.  In our tests, this results in a file ~17 Mb which is below the 20 Mb file size limit.  This allows users to draw multiple plots from the LocusZoom website while only uploading the meta-analysis results file one time.  Alternatively, for faster viewing of a single region, users can upload a file that contains only the rows corresponding to SNPs in the region of interest or a particular chromosome.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 Uploading the specification file&lt;br /&gt;
Users can upload a specification file which allows for the easy generation of dozens of plots, where each plot can be customized for even more features than available on the web interface for LocusZoom.   The file is required to have 7 white space-delimited columns, where the last column can be blank.  The header is not important, but LocusZoom expects a header to exist.  To define a region to plot, users may specify either i) a SNP name in the first column and the appropriate flanking region (e.g. 200kb, 500kb, 1Mb) in the fifth column, or ii) a gene name in the first column and the appropriate flanking region in the fifth column, or iii) a chromosome number, start and stop positions in the 2nd, 3rd and 4th columns respectively. If option ii) is selected, LocusZoom will select the most significant SNP in the region as the index SNP.   If option iii) is chosen, the index SNP for the plot must be specified in the first column. For distances &amp;lt;= 500kb where the lead SNP is a HapMap SNP and LD from CEU is requested, the plots will be generated very quickly because we have pre-computed LD for all HapMap SNPs in the CEU.  The sixth column is used to select which regions should be plotted.  For example, if you run a specification file with 15 plots and 14 of them turn out very nicely, you may wish to re-run the specification file with some modifications to a single row of the specification file to tweak the last remaining plot.  In this case, you could change the 14 plots you don’t need to re-run to “no” under the 6th column (“run” column) and leave the 15th plot you’d like to re-run as “yes” in this column.  The 7th and final column contains optional LocusZoom arguments (see the 2nd column of Table 1.3 above).  As many options as the user wishes to change can be specified in 7th column and LocusZoom options should be separated by spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of a specification file (must include a header);&lt;br /&gt;
specfile.txt&lt;br /&gt;
snp        chr start end flank run m2zargs&lt;br /&gt;
rs1	NA	 NA	NA	500kb	yes	rfrows=3 weightCol=”N” snpset=”HapMap” metalRug=”Our SNPs” &lt;br /&gt;
rs2	1	540000	580000	NA	yes	rfrows=4 legend=”right” showAnnot=T &lt;br /&gt;
CETP	NA	NA	NA	200kb	yes	rfrows=6 showAnnot=T annotPch=”1,24,24,25,22,21,8,7”&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=LocusZoom&amp;diff=324</id>
		<title>LocusZoom</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=LocusZoom&amp;diff=324"/>
		<updated>2010-02-03T02:32:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are three main methods to generate plots;&lt;br /&gt;
# Generate single plots using our publicly-available data from a genome-wide scan of ~20,000 individuals for HDL-cholesterol, LDL cholesterol and triglyceride levels.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate single plots using a web-based form&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate many plots at once by uploading a specification file.  Results will be emailed back to the user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Generate single plots using our publicly-available lipids GWAS data ==&lt;br /&gt;
# Selecting regions to display using our lipids data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plots were designed to examine ~ 1 Megabase windows of the genome, although for regions with several association signals or long-range linkage disequilibrium patterns, plots extending as large as a few Mb can be drawn.  The user can specify the region to display in the LocusZoom plot in one of three ways; 1) an index SNP and a flanking region, 2) the chromosome together with start and stop positions (in basepairs), 3) gene name and a flanking region.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Displaying LD information&lt;br /&gt;
In the main plot window, data points are colored according to their level of linkage disequilibrium (LD) with the index SNP.  If users specify the region to display using an index SNP and flanking region, LD of all data points will be relative to the user-specified index SNP.  If users specify the region to display using options 2 and 3 above, LocusZoom will select the most significant SNP in the region.  For all other SNPs in the plot, the color of the data point will reflect the pair-wise LD patterns with this index SNP.  The default LD which will be displayed is r2 from the HapMap CEU population (release 22), but users have the option to select either r2 or D’ from; HapMap CEU, HapMap YRI, Hapmap CHB+JPT, 1000 Genomes CEU.  Because we have pre-computed LD for all SNPs in HapMap CEU, plots will generate very quickly if using the default LD information, provided the region to display is less than 500kb either side of the index SNP.  SNPs with missing LD information are shown in grey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table 1.3 Additional options available from the web form&lt;br /&gt;
Additional options that can be used when generating any type of plot&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Option when using web || Option to include in specification file when using batch mode || Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Title on Plot || title=”My Favorite Locus” || The title above the plot can be specified&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Human Genome Build || n/a (must be selected from web form) || Plots can be generated based on hg 18 (default) or hg17 positions&lt;br /&gt;
Legend Location	legend=”right”	This specifies the location of the legend within the plot, the default is left&lt;br /&gt;
(left, right, none)&lt;br /&gt;
Show RUG	snpset=”HapMap”&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
To display rug for SNPs in analysis file;&lt;br /&gt;
metalRug=”Rug SNPs”	Show a “rug” at the top of the plot – a series of vertical tick marks highlighting the positions of SNPs from HapMap CEU (here given as “HapMap”) or the markers shown in the plot (use metalRug)&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum Rows of Gene Names	rfrows=3	LocusZoom will automatically determine the optimal number of rows to display genes and gene names so they are not overlapping.  However, if the user wishes to keep all plots the same size, the maximum number of gene rows can be specified.  Additional genes may be left off the figure to accommodate this feature so please use with caution.  If genes are missing from the plot, this will be indicated on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
Point Size Proportional to Sample Size	weightCol=”SampleSize”	This specifies that the “dot size” of the data points will reflect the square-root of the sample size (to reflect the s.e.).  The default is to have all dot sizes remain the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
LD Measure	ldCol=”dprime” (“rsquare”)	The color of the data points reflects the LD (r2) with the index SNP.  &lt;br /&gt;
HapMap Population for LD	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	This option allows the user to specify which HapMap population was used to obtain LD estimates.  The default is CEU but users may select YRI or JPT+CHB&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight Region of Interest	hiStart=425Mb&lt;br /&gt;
hiEnd=425.1Mb	A grey box can be used to highlight important regions of the genome – this can reflect the region of an association signal or a region being sequenced, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Theme	theme=”pub”	We have created a theme that has larger text and is more easily readable for publication.&lt;br /&gt;
Format of Output File	format=”pdf,png”&lt;br /&gt;
format=”pdf”&lt;br /&gt;
format=”png”	Pdf or png output is available.  The default is pdf&lt;br /&gt;
Show Annotation	showAnnot=T&lt;br /&gt;
showRefsnpAnnot=T&lt;br /&gt;
annotPch=”1,24,24,25,22,21,8,7”	SNP annotation is available for all 1000G SNPs (Aug 2009 release) and can be displayed on the plot using this option.  On the website, various annotation options can be turned on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
Certain annotation fields can be turned on or off using the annotPch command.  To show several categories of SNPs as the same symbol, simply give the same R symbol code for those categories (e.g. annotPch=”1,24,24,24,21,21,21,21”).  The category listings, together with their default symbol setting are;&lt;br /&gt;
Framestop (24, triangle)&lt;br /&gt;
Splice (24, triangle)&lt;br /&gt;
NonSynonymous (25, inverted triangle)&lt;br /&gt;
Coding (22, square)&lt;br /&gt;
UTR (21, filled circle)&lt;br /&gt;
TFBScons (8, star)&lt;br /&gt;
MCS44 Placental (7, square with diagonal lines)&lt;br /&gt;
None-of-the-above (1,  open circle)&lt;br /&gt;
Recombination Rate Overlay	showRecomb=T	The estimated recombination rate from HapMap samples can be shown on the plot, or left off.  The data plotted are from;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate single plots using a web-based form&lt;br /&gt;
2. 1 Uploading your own association results&lt;br /&gt;
Association results can be uploaded to our web server using the LocusZoom webpage, which will accept a typical meta-analysis file for ~2.5 million SNPs provided the user selects only the required columns (SNP Name, p-value, and optionally, N) and gzips the file before uploading.  In our tests, this results in a file ~17 Mb which is below the 20 Mb file size limit.  This allows users to draw multiple plots from the LocusZoom website while only uploading the meta-analysis results file one time.  Alternatively, for faster viewing of a single region, users can upload a file that contains only the rows corresponding to SNPs in the region of interest or a particular chromosome.  Users need to specify the name of the column containing SNP identifiers (rs numbers or genome-based names such as chr1:400000 where the position is from the same build as that being plotted, typically hg18) and the name of the column containing p-values.  Data points can optionally be sized according to the square-root of user-specified weights such as sample size.  Providing the name of the weight column turns this feature on.&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Options specific to uploading your own results&lt;br /&gt;
All options listed in 1.3 above are available, as well as the options listed below&lt;br /&gt;
Column Delimiter	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	Users must specify the type of column delimiter in the results file&lt;br /&gt;
Pvalue Column Name	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	Users must specify the name of the column that contains the p-values&lt;br /&gt;
Marker Column Name	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	Users must specify the heading of the column that contains marker names&lt;br /&gt;
Human Genome Build	n/a (must be selected from web form)	Plots can be generated based on hg 18 (default) or hg17 positions&lt;br /&gt;
HapMap Population for LD	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	This option allows the user to specify which HapMap population was used to obtain LD estimates.  The default is CEU but users may select YRI or JPT+CHB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 Uploading your own file and using the batch mode&lt;br /&gt;
3.1  Uploading a file&lt;br /&gt;
Association results can be uploaded to our web server using the LocusZoom webpage, which will accept a typical meta-analysis file for ~2.5 million SNPs provided the user selects only the required columns (SNP Name, p-value, and optionally, N) and gzips the file before uploading.  In our tests, this results in a file ~17 Mb which is below the 20 Mb file size limit.  This allows users to draw multiple plots from the LocusZoom website while only uploading the meta-analysis results file one time.  Alternatively, for faster viewing of a single region, users can upload a file that contains only the rows corresponding to SNPs in the region of interest or a particular chromosome.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 Uploading the specification file&lt;br /&gt;
Users can upload a specification file which allows for the easy generation of dozens of plots, where each plot can be customized for even more features than available on the web interface for LocusZoom.   The file is required to have 7 white space-delimited columns, where the last column can be blank.  The header is not important, but LocusZoom expects a header to exist.  To define a region to plot, users may specify either i) a SNP name in the first column and the appropriate flanking region (e.g. 200kb, 500kb, 1Mb) in the fifth column, or ii) a gene name in the first column and the appropriate flanking region in the fifth column, or iii) a chromosome number, start and stop positions in the 2nd, 3rd and 4th columns respectively. If option ii) is selected, LocusZoom will select the most significant SNP in the region as the index SNP.   If option iii) is chosen, the index SNP for the plot must be specified in the first column. For distances &amp;lt;= 500kb where the lead SNP is a HapMap SNP and LD from CEU is requested, the plots will be generated very quickly because we have pre-computed LD for all HapMap SNPs in the CEU.  The sixth column is used to select which regions should be plotted.  For example, if you run a specification file with 15 plots and 14 of them turn out very nicely, you may wish to re-run the specification file with some modifications to a single row of the specification file to tweak the last remaining plot.  In this case, you could change the 14 plots you don’t need to re-run to “no” under the 6th column (“run” column) and leave the 15th plot you’d like to re-run as “yes” in this column.  The 7th and final column contains optional LocusZoom arguments (see the 2nd column of Table 1.3 above).  As many options as the user wishes to change can be specified in 7th column and LocusZoom options should be separated by spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of a specification file (must include a header);&lt;br /&gt;
specfile.txt&lt;br /&gt;
snp        chr start end flank run m2zargs&lt;br /&gt;
rs1	NA	 NA	NA	500kb	yes	rfrows=3 weightCol=”N” snpset=”HapMap” metalRug=”Our SNPs” &lt;br /&gt;
rs2	1	540000	580000	NA	yes	rfrows=4 legend=”right” showAnnot=T &lt;br /&gt;
CETP	NA	NA	NA	200kb	yes	rfrows=6 showAnnot=T annotPch=”1,24,24,25,22,21,8,7”&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=LocusZoom&amp;diff=323</id>
		<title>LocusZoom</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=LocusZoom&amp;diff=323"/>
		<updated>2010-02-03T02:25:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: Created page with &amp;#039;There are three main methods to generate plots; # Generate single plots using our publicly-available data from a genome-wide scan of ~20,000 individuals for HDL-cholesterol, LDL …&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are three main methods to generate plots;&lt;br /&gt;
# Generate single plots using our publicly-available data from a genome-wide scan of ~20,000 individuals for HDL-cholesterol, LDL cholesterol and triglyceride levels.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate single plots using a web-based form&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate many plots at once by uploading a specification file.  Results will be emailed back to the user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Generate single plots using our publicly-available lipids GWAS data&lt;br /&gt;
1.1 Selecting regions to display using our lipids data&lt;br /&gt;
The plots were designed to examine ~ 1 Megabase windows of the genome, although for regions with several association signals or long-range linkage disequilibrium patterns, plots extending as large as a few Mb can be drawn.  The user can specify the region to display in the LocusZoom plot in one of three ways; 1) an index SNP and a flanking region, 2) the chromosome together with start and stop positions (in basepairs), 3) gene name and a flanking region.  &lt;br /&gt;
1.2 Displaying LD information&lt;br /&gt;
In the main plot window, data points are colored according to their level of linkage disequilibrium (LD) with the index SNP.  If users specify the region to display using an index SNP and flanking region, LD of all data points will be relative to the user-specified index SNP.  If users specify the region to display using options 2 and 3 above, LocusZoom will select the most significant SNP in the region.  For all other SNPs in the plot, the color of the data point will reflect the pair-wise LD patterns with this index SNP.  The default LD which will be displayed is r2 from the HapMap CEU population (release 22), but users have the option to select either r2 or D’ from; HapMap CEU, HapMap YRI, Hapmap CHB+JPT, 1000 Genomes CEU.  Because we have pre-computed LD for all SNPs in HapMap CEU, plots will generate very quickly if using the default LD information, provided the region to display is less than 500kb either side of the index SNP.  SNPs with missing LD information are shown in grey.&lt;br /&gt;
Table 1.3 Additional options available from the web form&lt;br /&gt;
Additional options that can be used when generating any type of plot&lt;br /&gt;
Option when using web	Option to include in specification file when using batch mode	Description&lt;br /&gt;
Title on Plot	title=”My Favorite Locus”	The title above the plot can be specified&lt;br /&gt;
Human Genome Build	n/a (must be selected from web form)	Plots can be generated based on hg 18 (default) or hg17 positions&lt;br /&gt;
Legend Location	legend=”right”	This specifies the location of the legend within the plot, the default is left&lt;br /&gt;
(left, right, none)&lt;br /&gt;
Show RUG	snpset=”HapMap”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display rug for SNPs in analysis file;&lt;br /&gt;
metalRug=”Rug SNPs”	Show a “rug” at the top of the plot – a series of vertical tick marks highlighting the positions of SNPs from HapMap CEU (here given as “HapMap”) or the markers shown in the plot (use metalRug)&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum Rows of Gene Names	rfrows=3	LocusZoom will automatically determine the optimal number of rows to display genes and gene names so they are not overlapping.  However, if the user wishes to keep all plots the same size, the maximum number of gene rows can be specified.  Additional genes may be left off the figure to accommodate this feature so please use with caution.  If genes are missing from the plot, this will be indicated on the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
Point Size Proportional to Sample Size	weightCol=”SampleSize”	This specifies that the “dot size” of the data points will reflect the square-root of the sample size (to reflect the s.e.).  The default is to have all dot sizes remain the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
LD Measure	ldCol=”dprime” (“rsquare”)	The color of the data points reflects the LD (r2) with the index SNP.  &lt;br /&gt;
HapMap Population for LD	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	This option allows the user to specify which HapMap population was used to obtain LD estimates.  The default is CEU but users may select YRI or JPT+CHB&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight Region of Interest	hiStart=425Mb&lt;br /&gt;
hiEnd=425.1Mb	A grey box can be used to highlight important regions of the genome – this can reflect the region of an association signal or a region being sequenced, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Theme	theme=”pub”	We have created a theme that has larger text and is more easily readable for publication.&lt;br /&gt;
Format of Output File	format=”pdf,png”&lt;br /&gt;
format=”pdf”&lt;br /&gt;
format=”png”	Pdf or png output is available.  The default is pdf&lt;br /&gt;
Show Annotation	showAnnot=T&lt;br /&gt;
showRefsnpAnnot=T&lt;br /&gt;
annotPch=”1,24,24,25,22,21,8,7”	SNP annotation is available for all 1000G SNPs (Aug 2009 release) and can be displayed on the plot using this option.  On the website, various annotation options can be turned on or off.&lt;br /&gt;
Certain annotation fields can be turned on or off using the annotPch command.  To show several categories of SNPs as the same symbol, simply give the same R symbol code for those categories (e.g. annotPch=”1,24,24,24,21,21,21,21”).  The category listings, together with their default symbol setting are;&lt;br /&gt;
Framestop (24, triangle)&lt;br /&gt;
Splice (24, triangle)&lt;br /&gt;
NonSynonymous (25, inverted triangle)&lt;br /&gt;
Coding (22, square)&lt;br /&gt;
UTR (21, filled circle)&lt;br /&gt;
TFBScons (8, star)&lt;br /&gt;
MCS44 Placental (7, square with diagonal lines)&lt;br /&gt;
None-of-the-above (1,  open circle)&lt;br /&gt;
Recombination Rate Overlay	showRecomb=T	The estimated recombination rate from HapMap samples can be shown on the plot, or left off.  The data plotted are from;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Upload your own meta-analysis file and generate single plots using a web-based form&lt;br /&gt;
2. 1 Uploading your own association results&lt;br /&gt;
Association results can be uploaded to our web server using the LocusZoom webpage, which will accept a typical meta-analysis file for ~2.5 million SNPs provided the user selects only the required columns (SNP Name, p-value, and optionally, N) and gzips the file before uploading.  In our tests, this results in a file ~17 Mb which is below the 20 Mb file size limit.  This allows users to draw multiple plots from the LocusZoom website while only uploading the meta-analysis results file one time.  Alternatively, for faster viewing of a single region, users can upload a file that contains only the rows corresponding to SNPs in the region of interest or a particular chromosome.  Users need to specify the name of the column containing SNP identifiers (rs numbers or genome-based names such as chr1:400000 where the position is from the same build as that being plotted, typically hg18) and the name of the column containing p-values.  Data points can optionally be sized according to the square-root of user-specified weights such as sample size.  Providing the name of the weight column turns this feature on.&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Options specific to uploading your own results&lt;br /&gt;
All options listed in 1.3 above are available, as well as the options listed below&lt;br /&gt;
Column Delimiter	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	Users must specify the type of column delimiter in the results file&lt;br /&gt;
Pvalue Column Name	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	Users must specify the name of the column that contains the p-values&lt;br /&gt;
Marker Column Name	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	Users must specify the heading of the column that contains marker names&lt;br /&gt;
Human Genome Build	n/a (must be selected from web form)	Plots can be generated based on hg 18 (default) or hg17 positions&lt;br /&gt;
HapMap Population for LD	n/a  (must be selected from web form)	This option allows the user to specify which HapMap population was used to obtain LD estimates.  The default is CEU but users may select YRI or JPT+CHB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 Uploading your own file and using the batch mode&lt;br /&gt;
3.1  Uploading a file&lt;br /&gt;
Association results can be uploaded to our web server using the LocusZoom webpage, which will accept a typical meta-analysis file for ~2.5 million SNPs provided the user selects only the required columns (SNP Name, p-value, and optionally, N) and gzips the file before uploading.  In our tests, this results in a file ~17 Mb which is below the 20 Mb file size limit.  This allows users to draw multiple plots from the LocusZoom website while only uploading the meta-analysis results file one time.  Alternatively, for faster viewing of a single region, users can upload a file that contains only the rows corresponding to SNPs in the region of interest or a particular chromosome.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 Uploading the specification file&lt;br /&gt;
Users can upload a specification file which allows for the easy generation of dozens of plots, where each plot can be customized for even more features than available on the web interface for LocusZoom.   The file is required to have 7 white space-delimited columns, where the last column can be blank.  The header is not important, but LocusZoom expects a header to exist.  To define a region to plot, users may specify either i) a SNP name in the first column and the appropriate flanking region (e.g. 200kb, 500kb, 1Mb) in the fifth column, or ii) a gene name in the first column and the appropriate flanking region in the fifth column, or iii) a chromosome number, start and stop positions in the 2nd, 3rd and 4th columns respectively. If option ii) is selected, LocusZoom will select the most significant SNP in the region as the index SNP.   If option iii) is chosen, the index SNP for the plot must be specified in the first column. For distances &amp;lt;= 500kb where the lead SNP is a HapMap SNP and LD from CEU is requested, the plots will be generated very quickly because we have pre-computed LD for all HapMap SNPs in the CEU.  The sixth column is used to select which regions should be plotted.  For example, if you run a specification file with 15 plots and 14 of them turn out very nicely, you may wish to re-run the specification file with some modifications to a single row of the specification file to tweak the last remaining plot.  In this case, you could change the 14 plots you don’t need to re-run to “no” under the 6th column (“run” column) and leave the 15th plot you’d like to re-run as “yes” in this column.  The 7th and final column contains optional LocusZoom arguments (see the 2nd column of Table 1.3 above).  As many options as the user wishes to change can be specified in 7th column and LocusZoom options should be separated by spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of a specification file (must include a header);&lt;br /&gt;
specfile.txt&lt;br /&gt;
snp        chr start end flank run m2zargs&lt;br /&gt;
rs1	NA	 NA	NA	500kb	yes	rfrows=3 weightCol=”N” snpset=”HapMap” metalRug=”Our SNPs” &lt;br /&gt;
rs2	1	540000	580000	NA	yes	rfrows=4 legend=”right” showAnnot=T &lt;br /&gt;
CETP	NA	NA	NA	200kb	yes	rfrows=6 showAnnot=T annotPch=”1,24,24,25,22,21,8,7”&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=322</id>
		<title>METAL Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=322"/>
		<updated>2010-02-03T02:22:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: /* ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==METAL==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Goncalo Abecasis, Yun Li and Cristen Willer, 2007&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is a tool for performing meta-analysis of p-values from two or more individual studies.  Metal creates a single summary p-value from studies which could not be analyzed together because of differences in ethnicity, phenotype distribution, gender, inability to share individual-level data, or any other reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each marker, an arbitrary reference allele is selected and a z-statistic characterizing the evidence for association is used as input. The z-statistic summarizes the magnitude and the direction of effect relative to the reference allele.  An overall z-statistic and p-value are then calculated from the weighted average of the individual statistics.  Weights are proportional to the square-root of the number of individuals examined in each sample and selected such that the squared weights sum to 1.0. If a sample contains related individuals, a smaller ‘effective’ population size may be used, but simulations suggest that modest changes in the effective sample size have very little impact on the final p-value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Usage instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is invoked with the command ‘metal’ and allows for analysis to be performed interactively.  A convenient alternative is to save all commands into a single text file which can be provided as input.  An example is at the bottom of this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for a variety of tabular formats in the input files, but the following information must be provided for each marker in each file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of useful commands related to the analysis that are typically set early in the analysis.  For example, the user can choose to weight studies in the meta-analysis using the inverse of the standard error, or the square root of the sample size.  These are proportionate.  Users should be cautious when weighting based on standard error that the beta and standard error are in the same units for all studies (i.e. same trait and same transformation applied to the trait).  The default weighting scheme is SAMPLESIZE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SCHEME STDERR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL has an option to perform genomic control correction to all input files.  METAL will estimate the inflation of the test statistic by comparing the median test statistic to that expected by chance, and then apply the genomic control correction to the p-values (for SAMPLESIZE weighted meta-analysis), or the standard error (for STDERR weighted meta-analysis).  This should only be applied to files with whole genome data (i.e. should not be used for cohorts that only performed genotyping of replication SNPs).  Genomic control can be turned off and on for different input files.  We recommend applying genomic control correction to all input files, and also to the final output by loading the initial results file into METAL to perform genomic control correction on the final results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GENOMICCONTROL ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL will optionally keep track of the effect allele frequency across all files and provide the mean, minimum and maximum.  This can be quite useful to determine whether the frequencies are similar across different cohorts after METAL performs all strand alignment.  METAL requires all input files to have an allele frequency column when this feature is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AVERAGEFREQ ON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MINMAXFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, for each individual file, the following command will be used;&lt;br /&gt;
FREQLABEL EffectAlleleFrequencyColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow users to keep cumulative counts of custom variables across input files.  An example of this might be to keep track of the sample size when performing standard-error weighted meta-analysis.  The name of the custom variable should be defined once, before input files are loaded.  The name of the heading in each file can be specified using the command LABEL for each file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE TotalSampleSize&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual input file;&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL TotalSampleSize as N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow flexible input formats, including a method for providing SNPs on different strands.  Input files can contain a column which can indicate which strand the alleles are coded on (given as +/-).  This feature can be turned on and off for different files in the same analysis.  If USESTRAND is off, the strand is assumed to be “+” for all SNPs, although obvious strand problems for unambiguous SNPs are identified by METAL and appropriately handled (i.e. one study provides A/G alleles and a different study provides C/T alleles)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
USESTRAND ON&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual file;&lt;br /&gt;
STRAND StrandColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for complete output of individual summary statistics for all SNPs in all input files.  This can create a very large file and should be used with caution.  Users should create custom variables to restrict analyses to significant SNPs or specific SNPs of interest before using this option.  However, this option can be useful for comparing direction of effect across many studies since METAL takes care of all the strand flipping and provides the direction of effect relative to the same allele.  This is also a way to double-check that the expected data are being used appropriately by METAL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VERBOSE ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another option allows METAL to check the appropriate number of columns exist for each input file, or allows METAL to ignore situations when there are not enough columns.  The default is STRICT column counting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
COLUMNCOUNTING LENIENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mandatory input for each input file;&lt;br /&gt;
* Marker name&lt;br /&gt;
* Reference allele (also known as the ‘effect allele’) and the non-reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
* P-value&lt;br /&gt;
* Weight (sample size or standard error)&lt;br /&gt;
* Direction of effect relative to reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tables must have column headers that specify where the mandatory input can be found.  The default name for the Marker column is ‘MARKER’, but can be changed to match the relevant input file column with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER 	SNP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the reference allele column, P-value column and effect column can be changed to match the input file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE	RefAlleleColumnHeading	NonRefAlleleColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE	PvalueColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT	EffectColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We strongly recommend that both allele labels, corresponding to the the effect allele and non-effect allele, respectively, are given for all SNPs.  Alleles can be numeric (1,2,3,4) or alphabetical (A,C,G,T,a,c,g,t) and can be on either strand if not an A/T or C/G SNP.  For A/T or C/G SNPs, METAL requires SNPs to be on a consistent strand in different input files for the results to be interpretable.  For A/C, A/G, C/T, and G/T SNPs, METAL will flip the strand the alleles are on if not consistent between input files and METAL will output results with respect to the lowest numeric reference allele (see Examples 1, 2, and 3, below).  If all files are consistent (for example, using the HapMap allele naming conventions), the strand of the alleles is left alone. As long as both allele columns are given for each input file, METAL appropriately accounts for situations when different input files use different reference alleles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P-values of 0 or any other non-numeric value are assumed to be missing.  Missing values are tolerated and a meta-analysis p-value will include results from any input file with non-missing values, even if only one input file has a p-value for this marker (see MINWEIGHT below for exclusion of markers with a small combined N).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EFFECT column can have positive and negative values (beta values from regression, for example), or simply directions of effect relative to the reference allele, listed as “+” and “-“.  An EFFECT of “+” (or any positive number) with respect to the reference allele A (or effect allele A), for example, represents a case where increasing number of copies of allele A are correlated with increasing trait values.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To perform odds-ratio based meta-analysis, select SCHEME STDERR at the beginning of the script.  Then, for each file, provide the natural log of the odds ratio as the EFFECT column;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT logOddsRatioColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or, METAL can compute the log of the odds ratio for you;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT log(OddsRatioColumnHeading)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The weight for each MARKER can be assigned using a column;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHTLABEL SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT	SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or the default weight for the entire file can be specified with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g., if you have a sample size of 2000 for all markers in an input file&lt;br /&gt;
DEFAULTWEIGHT	2000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default delimiter in METAL is WHITESPACE (comma or tab is considered a delimiter) but can be changed to comma, tab or space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR		commas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Custom-designed filters can be used to select SNPs for inclusion in the meta-analysis.  This can be used to select SNPs above or below a certain value (&amp;gt; or &amp;lt; ) from any column in the table, which can be useful for including SNPs with a minor allele frequency above a certain threshold.&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER N &amp;gt; 1000&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE MAF&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL MAF as MAF&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER MAF &amp;gt; 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove filters so that they no longer apply to files processed later, use;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
REMOVEFILTERS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the appropriate WEIGHT, MARKER, PVALUE and EFFECT labels are defined, with or without optional parameters to set the FREQLABEL, DELIMITER, STRAND, FILTER and LABEL commands, load an input file;&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS	firstinputfile_bmi.txt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL does not require that all input files have a p-value result to calculate a meta-analysis p-value.  Any available data is used.  To restrict the output to only markers that have at least a specific weight (number of individuals), then use;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example to restrict the output to show only Markers with at least 10,000 individuals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all input files have had their column names defined and been loaded, then define your output filename (optional) and analyze!&lt;br /&gt;
OUTPUTFILE	myoutputfilename&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL can also evaluate the evidence for heterogeneity.  When you do this, METAL will do a second pass of analysis to decide whether observed effect sizes (or test statistics) are homogeneous across samples.  This will result in a test statistic (with n-1) degrees of freedom for n samples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Analyze Heterogeneity ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 1; Strand flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output ||  ||  || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 2; Reference allele flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || C/A || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || C/A || - || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output || || || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 2; Strand flips, numeric flips, and reference allele flips required&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || G/T || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || 2/1 || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output || || || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Example text file to run metal; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#THIS FILE EXECUTES AN ANALYSIS OF ALL AVAILABLE INFORMATION&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mkdir output-metal &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
metal &amp;amp;lt;&amp;amp;lt; EOT &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#loading in the first half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE REF_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE PVALUE PROCESS inputfile1.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfiles2.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE pvalue ALLELE A_REF OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile3.txt&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER MARKERNAME&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE EFFECTALLELE NON_EFFECT_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT EFFECT1&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT NONMISS&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile4.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#meta-analysis can be performed at any stage and will include inputfiles 1-4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1to4_ .tbl&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#load the second half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER rsid&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE EFFECT_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT total_N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE Add_p&lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR COMMAS&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile5.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile6.txt&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR WHITESPACE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile7.txt&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE BETA_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE P_VAL&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile8.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#for the final meta-analysis of all 8 samples only output results if the&lt;br /&gt;
#combined weight is greater than 10000 people&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1-8_ .tbl&lt;br /&gt;
MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QUIT&lt;br /&gt;
EOT&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=321</id>
		<title>METAL Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=321"/>
		<updated>2010-02-03T02:22:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: /* Usage instructions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==METAL==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Goncalo Abecasis, Yun Li and Cristen Willer, 2007&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is a tool for performing meta-analysis of p-values from two or more individual studies.  Metal creates a single summary p-value from studies which could not be analyzed together because of differences in ethnicity, phenotype distribution, gender, inability to share individual-level data, or any other reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each marker, an arbitrary reference allele is selected and a z-statistic characterizing the evidence for association is used as input. The z-statistic summarizes the magnitude and the direction of effect relative to the reference allele.  An overall z-statistic and p-value are then calculated from the weighted average of the individual statistics.  Weights are proportional to the square-root of the number of individuals examined in each sample and selected such that the squared weights sum to 1.0. If a sample contains related individuals, a smaller ‘effective’ population size may be used, but simulations suggest that modest changes in the effective sample size have very little impact on the final p-value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Usage instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is invoked with the command ‘metal’ and allows for analysis to be performed interactively.  A convenient alternative is to save all commands into a single text file which can be provided as input.  An example is at the bottom of this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for a variety of tabular formats in the input files, but the following information must be provided for each marker in each file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of useful commands related to the analysis that are typically set early in the analysis.  For example, the user can choose to weight studies in the meta-analysis using the inverse of the standard error, or the square root of the sample size.  These are proportionate.  Users should be cautious when weighting based on standard error that the beta and standard error are in the same units for all studies (i.e. same trait and same transformation applied to the trait).  The default weighting scheme is SAMPLESIZE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SCHEME STDERR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL has an option to perform genomic control correction to all input files.  METAL will estimate the inflation of the test statistic by comparing the median test statistic to that expected by chance, and then apply the genomic control correction to the p-values (for SAMPLESIZE weighted meta-analysis), or the standard error (for STDERR weighted meta-analysis).  This should only be applied to files with whole genome data (i.e. should not be used for cohorts that only performed genotyping of replication SNPs).  Genomic control can be turned off and on for different input files.  We recommend applying genomic control correction to all input files, and also to the final output by loading the initial results file into METAL to perform genomic control correction on the final results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GENOMICCONTROL ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL will optionally keep track of the effect allele frequency across all files and provide the mean, minimum and maximum.  This can be quite useful to determine whether the frequencies are similar across different cohorts after METAL performs all strand alignment.  METAL requires all input files to have an allele frequency column when this feature is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AVERAGEFREQ ON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
MINMAXFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, for each individual file, the following command will be used;&lt;br /&gt;
FREQLABEL EffectAlleleFrequencyColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow users to keep cumulative counts of custom variables across input files.  An example of this might be to keep track of the sample size when performing standard-error weighted meta-analysis.  The name of the custom variable should be defined once, before input files are loaded.  The name of the heading in each file can be specified using the command LABEL for each file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE TotalSampleSize&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual input file;&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL TotalSampleSize as N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow flexible input formats, including a method for providing SNPs on different strands.  Input files can contain a column which can indicate which strand the alleles are coded on (given as +/-).  This feature can be turned on and off for different files in the same analysis.  If USESTRAND is off, the strand is assumed to be “+” for all SNPs, although obvious strand problems for unambiguous SNPs are identified by METAL and appropriately handled (i.e. one study provides A/G alleles and a different study provides C/T alleles)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
USESTRAND ON&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual file;&lt;br /&gt;
STRAND StrandColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for complete output of individual summary statistics for all SNPs in all input files.  This can create a very large file and should be used with caution.  Users should create custom variables to restrict analyses to significant SNPs or specific SNPs of interest before using this option.  However, this option can be useful for comparing direction of effect across many studies since METAL takes care of all the strand flipping and provides the direction of effect relative to the same allele.  This is also a way to double-check that the expected data are being used appropriately by METAL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VERBOSE ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another option allows METAL to check the appropriate number of columns exist for each input file, or allows METAL to ignore situations when there are not enough columns.  The default is STRICT column counting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
COLUMNCOUNTING LENIENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mandatory input for each input file;&lt;br /&gt;
* Marker name&lt;br /&gt;
* Reference allele (also known as the ‘effect allele’) and the non-reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
* P-value&lt;br /&gt;
* Weight (sample size or standard error)&lt;br /&gt;
* Direction of effect relative to reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tables must have column headers that specify where the mandatory input can be found.  The default name for the Marker column is ‘MARKER’, but can be changed to match the relevant input file column with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER 	SNP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the reference allele column, P-value column and effect column can be changed to match the input file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE	RefAlleleColumnHeading	NonRefAlleleColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE	PvalueColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT	EffectColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We strongly recommend that both allele labels, corresponding to the the effect allele and non-effect allele, respectively, are given for all SNPs.  Alleles can be numeric (1,2,3,4) or alphabetical (A,C,G,T,a,c,g,t) and can be on either strand if not an A/T or C/G SNP.  For A/T or C/G SNPs, METAL requires SNPs to be on a consistent strand in different input files for the results to be interpretable.  For A/C, A/G, C/T, and G/T SNPs, METAL will flip the strand the alleles are on if not consistent between input files and METAL will output results with respect to the lowest numeric reference allele (see Examples 1, 2, and 3, below).  If all files are consistent (for example, using the HapMap allele naming conventions), the strand of the alleles is left alone. As long as both allele columns are given for each input file, METAL appropriately accounts for situations when different input files use different reference alleles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P-values of 0 or any other non-numeric value are assumed to be missing.  Missing values are tolerated and a meta-analysis p-value will include results from any input file with non-missing values, even if only one input file has a p-value for this marker (see MINWEIGHT below for exclusion of markers with a small combined N).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EFFECT column can have positive and negative values (beta values from regression, for example), or simply directions of effect relative to the reference allele, listed as “+” and “-“.  An EFFECT of “+” (or any positive number) with respect to the reference allele A (or effect allele A), for example, represents a case where increasing number of copies of allele A are correlated with increasing trait values.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To perform odds-ratio based meta-analysis, select SCHEME STDERR at the beginning of the script.  Then, for each file, provide the natural log of the odds ratio as the EFFECT column;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT logOddsRatioColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or, METAL can compute the log of the odds ratio for you;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT log(OddsRatioColumnHeading)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The weight for each MARKER can be assigned using a column;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHTLABEL SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT	SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or the default weight for the entire file can be specified with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g., if you have a sample size of 2000 for all markers in an input file&lt;br /&gt;
DEFAULTWEIGHT	2000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default delimiter in METAL is WHITESPACE (comma or tab is considered a delimiter) but can be changed to comma, tab or space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR		commas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Custom-designed filters can be used to select SNPs for inclusion in the meta-analysis.  This can be used to select SNPs above or below a certain value (&amp;gt; or &amp;lt; ) from any column in the table, which can be useful for including SNPs with a minor allele frequency above a certain threshold.&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER N &amp;gt; 1000&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE MAF&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL MAF as MAF&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER MAF &amp;gt; 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove filters so that they no longer apply to files processed later, use;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
REMOVEFILTERS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the appropriate WEIGHT, MARKER, PVALUE and EFFECT labels are defined, with or without optional parameters to set the FREQLABEL, DELIMITER, STRAND, FILTER and LABEL commands, load an input file;&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS	firstinputfile_bmi.txt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL does not require that all input files have a p-value result to calculate a meta-analysis p-value.  Any available data is used.  To restrict the output to only markers that have at least a specific weight (number of individuals), then use;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example to restrict the output to show only Markers with at least 10,000 individuals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all input files have had their column names defined and been loaded, then define your output filename (optional) and analyze!&lt;br /&gt;
OUTPUTFILE	myoutputfilename&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL can also evaluate the evidence for heterogeneity.  When you do this, METAL will do a second pass of analysis to decide whether observed effect sizes (or test statistics) are homogeneous across samples.  This will result in a test statistic (with n-1) degrees of freedom for n samples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 1; Strand flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output ||  ||  || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 2; Reference allele flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || C/A || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || C/A || - || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output || || || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 2; Strand flips, numeric flips, and reference allele flips required&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || G/T || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || 2/1 || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output || || || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Example text file to run metal; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#THIS FILE EXECUTES AN ANALYSIS OF ALL AVAILABLE INFORMATION&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mkdir output-metal &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
metal &amp;amp;lt;&amp;amp;lt; EOT &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#loading in the first half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE REF_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE PVALUE PROCESS inputfile1.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfiles2.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE pvalue ALLELE A_REF OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile3.txt&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER MARKERNAME&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE EFFECTALLELE NON_EFFECT_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT EFFECT1&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT NONMISS&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile4.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#meta-analysis can be performed at any stage and will include inputfiles 1-4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1to4_ .tbl&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#load the second half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER rsid&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE EFFECT_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT total_N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE Add_p&lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR COMMAS&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile5.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile6.txt&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR WHITESPACE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile7.txt&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE BETA_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE P_VAL&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile8.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#for the final meta-analysis of all 8 samples only output results if the&lt;br /&gt;
#combined weight is greater than 10000 people&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1-8_ .tbl&lt;br /&gt;
MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QUIT&lt;br /&gt;
EOT&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=320</id>
		<title>METAL Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=320"/>
		<updated>2010-02-03T02:18:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: /* Usage instructions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==METAL==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Goncalo Abecasis, Yun Li and Cristen Willer, 2007&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is a tool for performing meta-analysis of p-values from two or more individual studies.  Metal creates a single summary p-value from studies which could not be analyzed together because of differences in ethnicity, phenotype distribution, gender, inability to share individual-level data, or any other reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each marker, an arbitrary reference allele is selected and a z-statistic characterizing the evidence for association is used as input. The z-statistic summarizes the magnitude and the direction of effect relative to the reference allele.  An overall z-statistic and p-value are then calculated from the weighted average of the individual statistics.  Weights are proportional to the square-root of the number of individuals examined in each sample and selected such that the squared weights sum to 1.0. If a sample contains related individuals, a smaller ‘effective’ population size may be used, but simulations suggest that modest changes in the effective sample size have very little impact on the final p-value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Usage instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is invoked with the command ‘metal’ and allows for analysis to be performed interactively.  A convenient alternative is to save all commands into a single text file which can be provided as input.  An example is at the bottom of this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for a variety of tabular formats in the input files, but the following information must be provided for each marker in each file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of useful commands related to the analysis that are typically set early in the analysis.  For example, the user can choose to weight studies in the meta-analysis using the inverse of the standard error, or the square root of the sample size.  These are proportionate.  Users should be cautious when weighting based on standard error that the beta and standard error are in the same units for all studies (i.e. same trait and same transformation applied to the trait).  The default weighting scheme is SAMPLESIZE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SCHEME STDERR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL has an option to perform genomic control correction to all input files.  METAL will estimate the inflation of the test statistic by comparing the median test statistic to that expected by chance, and then apply the genomic control correction to the p-values (for SAMPLESIZE weighted meta-analysis), or the standard error (for STDERR weighted meta-analysis).  This should only be applied to files with whole genome data (i.e. should not be used for cohorts that only performed genotyping of replication SNPs).  Genomic control can be turned off and on for different input files.  We recommend applying genomic control correction to all input files, and also to the final output by loading the initial results file into METAL to perform genomic control correction on the final results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;GENOMICCONTROL ON&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL will optionally keep track of the effect allele frequency across all files and provide the mean, minimum and maximum.  This can be quite useful to determine whether the frequencies are similar across different cohorts after METAL performs all strand alignment.  METAL requires all input files to have an allele frequency column when this feature is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;AVERAGEFREQ ON&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MINMAXFREQ ON&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, for each individual file, the following command will be used;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FREQLABEL EffectAlleleFrequencyColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow users to keep cumulative counts of custom variables across input files.  An example of this might be to keep track of the sample size when performing standard-error weighted meta-analysis.  The name of the custom variable should be defined once, before input files are loaded.  The name of the heading in each file can be specified using the command LABEL for each file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE TotalSampleSize&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual input file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL TotalSampleSize as N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow flexible input formats, including a method for providing SNPs on different strands.  Input files can contain a column which can indicate which strand the alleles are coded on (given as +/-).  This feature can be turned on and off for different files in the same analysis.  If USESTRAND is off, the strand is assumed to be “+” for all SNPs, although obvious strand problems for unambiguous SNPs are identified by METAL and appropriately handled (i.e. one study provides A/G alleles and a different study provides C/T alleles)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
USESTRAND ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
STRAND StrandColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for complete output of individual summary statistics for all SNPs in all input files.  This can create a very large file and should be used with caution.  Users should create custom variables to restrict analyses to significant SNPs or specific SNPs of interest before using this option.  However, this option can be useful for comparing direction of effect across many studies since METAL takes care of all the strand flipping and provides the direction of effect relative to the same allele.  This is also a way to double-check that the expected data are being used appropriately by METAL.&lt;br /&gt;
VERBOSE ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another option allows METAL to check the appropriate number of columns exist for each input file, or allows METAL to ignore situations when there are not enough columns.  The default is STRICT column counting.&lt;br /&gt;
COLUMNCOUNTING LENIENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mandatory input for each input file;&lt;br /&gt;
* Marker name&lt;br /&gt;
* Reference allele (also known as the ‘effect allele’) and the non-reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
* P-value&lt;br /&gt;
* Weight (sample size or standard error)&lt;br /&gt;
* Direction of effect relative to reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tables must have column headers that specify where the mandatory input can be found.  The default name for the Marker column is ‘MARKER’, but can be changed to match the relevant input file column with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER 	SNP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the reference allele column, P-value column and effect column can be changed to match the input file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE	RefAlleleColumnHeading	NonRefAlleleColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE	PvalueColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT	EffectColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We strongly recommend that both allele labels, corresponding to the the effect allele and non-effect allele, respectively, are given for all SNPs.  Alleles can be numeric (1,2,3,4) or alphabetical (A,C,G,T,a,c,g,t) and can be on either strand if not an A/T or C/G SNP.  For A/T or C/G SNPs, METAL requires SNPs to be on a consistent strand in different input files for the results to be interpretable.  For A/C, A/G, C/T, and G/T SNPs, METAL will flip the strand the alleles are on if not consistent between input files and METAL will output results with respect to the lowest numeric reference allele (see Examples 1, 2, and 3, below).  If all files are consistent (for example, using the HapMap allele naming conventions), the strand of the alleles is left alone. As long as both allele columns are given for each input file, METAL appropriately accounts for situations when different input files use different reference alleles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P-values of 0 or any other non-numeric value are assumed to be missing.  Missing values are tolerated and a meta-analysis p-value will include results from any input file with non-missing values, even if only one input file has a p-value for this marker (see MINWEIGHT below for exclusion of markers with a small combined N).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EFFECT column can have positive and negative values (beta values from regression, for example), or simply directions of effect relative to the reference allele, listed as “+” and “-“.  An EFFECT of “+” (or any positive number) with respect to the reference allele A (or effect allele A), for example, represents a case where increasing number of copies of allele A are correlated with increasing trait values.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To perform odds-ratio based meta-analysis, select SCHEME STDERR at the beginning of the script.  Then, for each file, provide the natural log of the odds ratio as the EFFECT column;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT logOddsRatioColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or, METAL can compute the log of the odds ratio for you;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT log(OddsRatioColumnHeading)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The weight for each MARKER can be assigned using a column;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHTLABEL SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT	SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or the default weight for the entire file can be specified with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g., if you have a sample size of 2000 for all markers in an input file&lt;br /&gt;
DEFAULTWEIGHT	2000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default delimiter in METAL is WHITESPACE (comma or tab is considered a delimiter) but can be changed to comma, tab or space.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR		commas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Custom-designed filters can be used to select SNPs for inclusion in the meta-analysis.  This can be used to select SNPs above or below a certain value (&amp;gt; or &amp;lt; ) from any column in the table, which can be useful for including SNPs with a minor allele frequency above a certain threshold.&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER N &amp;gt; 1000&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE MAF&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL MAF as MAF&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER MAF &amp;gt; 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove filters so that they no longer apply to files processed later, use;&lt;br /&gt;
REMOVEFILTERS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the appropriate WEIGHT, MARKER, PVALUE and EFFECT labels are defined, with or without optional parameters to set the FREQLABEL, DELIMITER, STRAND, FILTER and LABEL commands, load an input file;&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS	firstinputfile_bmi.txt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL does not require that all input files have a p-value result to calculate a meta-analysis p-value.  Any available data is used.  To restrict the output to only markers that have at least a specific weight (number of individuals), then use;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
For example to restrict the output to show only Markers with at least 10,000 individuals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all input files have had their column names defined and been loaded, then define your output filename (optional) and analyze!&lt;br /&gt;
OUTPUTFILE	myoutputfilename&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL can also evaluate the evidence for heterogeneity.  When you do this, METAL will do a second pass of analysis to decide whether observed effect sizes (or test statistics) are homogeneous across samples.  This will result in a test statistic (with n-1) degrees of freedom for n samples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 1; Strand flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output ||  ||  || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 2; Reference allele flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || C/A || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || C/A || - || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output || || || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 2; Strand flips, numeric flips, and reference allele flips required&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || G/T || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || 2/1 || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output || || || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Example text file to run metal; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#THIS FILE EXECUTES AN ANALYSIS OF ALL AVAILABLE INFORMATION&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mkdir output-metal &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
metal &amp;amp;lt;&amp;amp;lt; EOT &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#loading in the first half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE REF_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE PVALUE PROCESS inputfile1.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfiles2.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE pvalue ALLELE A_REF OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile3.txt&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER MARKERNAME&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE EFFECTALLELE NON_EFFECT_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT EFFECT1&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT NONMISS&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile4.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#meta-analysis can be performed at any stage and will include inputfiles 1-4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1to4_ .tbl&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#load the second half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER rsid&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE EFFECT_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT total_N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE Add_p&lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR COMMAS&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile5.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile6.txt&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR WHITESPACE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile7.txt&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE BETA_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE P_VAL&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile8.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#for the final meta-analysis of all 8 samples only output results if the&lt;br /&gt;
#combined weight is greater than 10000 people&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1-8_ .tbl&lt;br /&gt;
MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QUIT&lt;br /&gt;
EOT&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=319</id>
		<title>METAL Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=319"/>
		<updated>2010-02-03T02:14:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: /* Example text file to run metal; */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==METAL==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Goncalo Abecasis, Yun Li and Cristen Willer, 2007&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is a tool for performing meta-analysis of p-values from two or more individual studies.  Metal creates a single summary p-value from studies which could not be analyzed together because of differences in ethnicity, phenotype distribution, gender, inability to share individual-level data, or any other reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each marker, an arbitrary reference allele is selected and a z-statistic characterizing the evidence for association is used as input. The z-statistic summarizes the magnitude and the direction of effect relative to the reference allele.  An overall z-statistic and p-value are then calculated from the weighted average of the individual statistics.  Weights are proportional to the square-root of the number of individuals examined in each sample and selected such that the squared weights sum to 1.0. If a sample contains related individuals, a smaller ‘effective’ population size may be used, but simulations suggest that modest changes in the effective sample size have very little impact on the final p-value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Usage instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is invoked with the command ‘metal’ and allows for analysis to be performed interactively.  A convenient alternative is to save all commands into a single text file which can be provided as input.  An example is at the bottom of this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for a variety of tabular formats in the input files, but the following information must be provided for each marker in each file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of useful commands related to the analysis that are typically set early in the analysis.  For example, the user can choose to weight studies in the meta-analysis using the inverse of the standard error, or the square root of the sample size.  These are proportionate.  Users should be cautious when weighting based on standard error that the beta and standard error are in the same units for all studies (i.e. same trait and same transformation applied to the trait).  The default weighting scheme is SAMPLESIZE.&lt;br /&gt;
SCHEME STDERR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL has an option to perform genomic control correction to all input files.  METAL will estimate the inflation of the test statistic by comparing the median test statistic to that expected by chance, and then apply the genomic control correction to the p-values (for SAMPLESIZE weighted meta-analysis), or the standard error (for STDERR weighted meta-analysis).  This should only be applied to files with whole genome data (i.e. should not be used for cohorts that only performed genotyping of replication SNPs).  Genomic control can be turned off and on for different input files.  We recommend applying genomic control correction to all input files, and also to the final output by loading the initial results file into METAL to perform genomic control correction on the final results.&lt;br /&gt;
GENOMICCONTROL ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL will optionally keep track of the effect allele frequency across all files and provide the mean, minimum and maximum.  This can be quite useful to determine whether the frequencies are similar across different cohorts after METAL performs all strand alignment.  METAL requires all input files to have an allele frequency column when this feature is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
AVERAGEFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
MINMAXFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, for each individual file, the following command will be used;&lt;br /&gt;
FREQLABEL EffectAlleleFrequencyColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow users to keep cumulative counts of custom variables across input files.  An example of this might be to keep track of the sample size when performing standard-error weighted meta-analysis.  The name of the custom variable should be defined once, before input files are loaded.  The name of the heading in each file can be specified using the command LABEL for each file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE TotalSampleSize&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual input file;&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL TotalSampleSize as N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow flexible input formats, including a method for providing SNPs on different strands.  Input files can contain a column which can indicate which strand the alleles are coded on (given as +/-).  This feature can be turned on and off for different files in the same analysis.  If USESTRAND is off, the strand is assumed to be “+” for all SNPs, although obvious strand problems for unambiguous SNPs are identified by METAL and appropriately handled (i.e. one study provides A/G alleles and a different study provides C/T alleles)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
USESTRAND ON&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual file;&lt;br /&gt;
STRAND StrandColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for complete output of individual summary statistics for all SNPs in all input files.  This can create a very large file and should be used with caution.  Users should create custom variables to restrict analyses to significant SNPs or specific SNPs of interest before using this option.  However, this option can be useful for comparing direction of effect across many studies since METAL takes care of all the strand flipping and provides the direction of effect relative to the same allele.  This is also a way to double-check that the expected data are being used appropriately by METAL.&lt;br /&gt;
VERBOSE ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another option allows METAL to check the appropriate number of columns exist for each input file, or allows METAL to ignore situations when there are not enough columns.  The default is STRICT column counting.&lt;br /&gt;
COLUMNCOUNTING LENIENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mandatory input for each input file;&lt;br /&gt;
* Marker name&lt;br /&gt;
* Reference allele (also known as the ‘effect allele’) and the non-reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
* P-value&lt;br /&gt;
* Weight (sample size or standard error)&lt;br /&gt;
* Direction of effect relative to reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tables must have column headers that specify where the mandatory input can be found.  The default name for the Marker column is ‘MARKER’, but can be changed to match the relevant input file column with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER 	SNP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the reference allele column, P-value column and effect column can be changed to match the input file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE	RefAlleleColumnHeading	NonRefAlleleColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE	PvalueColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT	EffectColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We strongly recommend that both allele labels, corresponding to the the effect allele and non-effect allele, respectively, are given for all SNPs.  Alleles can be numeric (1,2,3,4) or alphabetical (A,C,G,T,a,c,g,t) and can be on either strand if not an A/T or C/G SNP.  For A/T or C/G SNPs, METAL requires SNPs to be on a consistent strand in different input files for the results to be interpretable.  For A/C, A/G, C/T, and G/T SNPs, METAL will flip the strand the alleles are on if not consistent between input files and METAL will output results with respect to the lowest numeric reference allele (see Examples 1, 2, and 3, below).  If all files are consistent (for example, using the HapMap allele naming conventions), the strand of the alleles is left alone. As long as both allele columns are given for each input file, METAL appropriately accounts for situations when different input files use different reference alleles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P-values of 0 or any other non-numeric value are assumed to be missing.  Missing values are tolerated and a meta-analysis p-value will include results from any input file with non-missing values, even if only one input file has a p-value for this marker (see MINWEIGHT below for exclusion of markers with a small combined N).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EFFECT column can have positive and negative values (beta values from regression, for example), or simply directions of effect relative to the reference allele, listed as “+” and “-“.  An EFFECT of “+” (or any positive number) with respect to the reference allele A (or effect allele A), for example, represents a case where increasing number of copies of allele A are correlated with increasing trait values.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To perform odds-ratio based meta-analysis, select SCHEME STDERR at the beginning of the script.  Then, for each file, provide the natural log of the odds ratio as the EFFECT column;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT logOddsRatioColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or, METAL can compute the log of the odds ratio for you;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT log(OddsRatioColumnHeading)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The weight for each MARKER can be assigned using a column;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHTLABEL SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT	SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or the default weight for the entire file can be specified with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g., if you have a sample size of 2000 for all markers in an input file&lt;br /&gt;
DEFAULTWEIGHT	2000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default delimiter in METAL is WHITESPACE (comma or tab is considered a delimiter) but can be changed to comma, tab or space.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR		commas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Custom-designed filters can be used to select SNPs for inclusion in the meta-analysis.  This can be used to select SNPs above or below a certain value (&amp;gt; or &amp;lt; ) from any column in the table, which can be useful for including SNPs with a minor allele frequency above a certain threshold.&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER N &amp;gt; 1000&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE MAF&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL MAF as MAF&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER MAF &amp;gt; 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove filters so that they no longer apply to files processed later, use;&lt;br /&gt;
REMOVEFILTERS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the appropriate WEIGHT, MARKER, PVALUE and EFFECT labels are defined, with or without optional parameters to set the FREQLABEL, DELIMITER, STRAND, FILTER and LABEL commands, load an input file;&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS	firstinputfile_bmi.txt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL does not require that all input files have a p-value result to calculate a meta-analysis p-value.  Any available data is used.  To restrict the output to only markers that have at least a specific weight (number of individuals), then use;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
For example to restrict the output to show only Markers with at least 10,000 individuals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all input files have had their column names defined and been loaded, then define your output filename (optional) and analyze!&lt;br /&gt;
OUTPUTFILE	myoutputfilename&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL can also evaluate the evidence for heterogeneity.  When you do this, METAL will do a second pass of analysis to decide whether observed effect sizes (or test statistics) are homogeneous across samples.  This will result in a test statistic (with n-1) degrees of freedom for n samples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 1; Strand flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output ||  ||  || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 2; Reference allele flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || C/A || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || C/A || - || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output || || || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 2; Strand flips, numeric flips, and reference allele flips required&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || G/T || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || 2/1 || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output || || || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Example text file to run metal; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#THIS FILE EXECUTES AN ANALYSIS OF ALL AVAILABLE INFORMATION&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mkdir output-metal &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
metal &amp;amp;lt;&amp;amp;lt; EOT &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#loading in the first half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE REF_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE PVALUE PROCESS inputfile1.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfiles2.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE pvalue ALLELE A_REF OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile3.txt&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER MARKERNAME&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE EFFECTALLELE NON_EFFECT_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT EFFECT1&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT NONMISS&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile4.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#meta-analysis can be performed at any stage and will include inputfiles 1-4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1to4_ .tbl&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#load the second half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER rsid&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE EFFECT_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT total_N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE Add_p&lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR COMMAS&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile5.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile6.txt&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR WHITESPACE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile7.txt&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE BETA_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE P_VAL&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile8.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#for the final meta-analysis of all 8 samples only output results if the&lt;br /&gt;
#combined weight is greater than 10000 people&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1-8_ .tbl&lt;br /&gt;
MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QUIT&lt;br /&gt;
EOT&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=318</id>
		<title>METAL Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=318"/>
		<updated>2010-02-03T02:14:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: /* Example text file to run metal; */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==METAL==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Goncalo Abecasis, Yun Li and Cristen Willer, 2007&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is a tool for performing meta-analysis of p-values from two or more individual studies.  Metal creates a single summary p-value from studies which could not be analyzed together because of differences in ethnicity, phenotype distribution, gender, inability to share individual-level data, or any other reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each marker, an arbitrary reference allele is selected and a z-statistic characterizing the evidence for association is used as input. The z-statistic summarizes the magnitude and the direction of effect relative to the reference allele.  An overall z-statistic and p-value are then calculated from the weighted average of the individual statistics.  Weights are proportional to the square-root of the number of individuals examined in each sample and selected such that the squared weights sum to 1.0. If a sample contains related individuals, a smaller ‘effective’ population size may be used, but simulations suggest that modest changes in the effective sample size have very little impact on the final p-value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Usage instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is invoked with the command ‘metal’ and allows for analysis to be performed interactively.  A convenient alternative is to save all commands into a single text file which can be provided as input.  An example is at the bottom of this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for a variety of tabular formats in the input files, but the following information must be provided for each marker in each file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of useful commands related to the analysis that are typically set early in the analysis.  For example, the user can choose to weight studies in the meta-analysis using the inverse of the standard error, or the square root of the sample size.  These are proportionate.  Users should be cautious when weighting based on standard error that the beta and standard error are in the same units for all studies (i.e. same trait and same transformation applied to the trait).  The default weighting scheme is SAMPLESIZE.&lt;br /&gt;
SCHEME STDERR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL has an option to perform genomic control correction to all input files.  METAL will estimate the inflation of the test statistic by comparing the median test statistic to that expected by chance, and then apply the genomic control correction to the p-values (for SAMPLESIZE weighted meta-analysis), or the standard error (for STDERR weighted meta-analysis).  This should only be applied to files with whole genome data (i.e. should not be used for cohorts that only performed genotyping of replication SNPs).  Genomic control can be turned off and on for different input files.  We recommend applying genomic control correction to all input files, and also to the final output by loading the initial results file into METAL to perform genomic control correction on the final results.&lt;br /&gt;
GENOMICCONTROL ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL will optionally keep track of the effect allele frequency across all files and provide the mean, minimum and maximum.  This can be quite useful to determine whether the frequencies are similar across different cohorts after METAL performs all strand alignment.  METAL requires all input files to have an allele frequency column when this feature is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
AVERAGEFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
MINMAXFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, for each individual file, the following command will be used;&lt;br /&gt;
FREQLABEL EffectAlleleFrequencyColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow users to keep cumulative counts of custom variables across input files.  An example of this might be to keep track of the sample size when performing standard-error weighted meta-analysis.  The name of the custom variable should be defined once, before input files are loaded.  The name of the heading in each file can be specified using the command LABEL for each file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE TotalSampleSize&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual input file;&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL TotalSampleSize as N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow flexible input formats, including a method for providing SNPs on different strands.  Input files can contain a column which can indicate which strand the alleles are coded on (given as +/-).  This feature can be turned on and off for different files in the same analysis.  If USESTRAND is off, the strand is assumed to be “+” for all SNPs, although obvious strand problems for unambiguous SNPs are identified by METAL and appropriately handled (i.e. one study provides A/G alleles and a different study provides C/T alleles)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
USESTRAND ON&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual file;&lt;br /&gt;
STRAND StrandColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for complete output of individual summary statistics for all SNPs in all input files.  This can create a very large file and should be used with caution.  Users should create custom variables to restrict analyses to significant SNPs or specific SNPs of interest before using this option.  However, this option can be useful for comparing direction of effect across many studies since METAL takes care of all the strand flipping and provides the direction of effect relative to the same allele.  This is also a way to double-check that the expected data are being used appropriately by METAL.&lt;br /&gt;
VERBOSE ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another option allows METAL to check the appropriate number of columns exist for each input file, or allows METAL to ignore situations when there are not enough columns.  The default is STRICT column counting.&lt;br /&gt;
COLUMNCOUNTING LENIENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mandatory input for each input file;&lt;br /&gt;
* Marker name&lt;br /&gt;
* Reference allele (also known as the ‘effect allele’) and the non-reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
* P-value&lt;br /&gt;
* Weight (sample size or standard error)&lt;br /&gt;
* Direction of effect relative to reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tables must have column headers that specify where the mandatory input can be found.  The default name for the Marker column is ‘MARKER’, but can be changed to match the relevant input file column with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER 	SNP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the reference allele column, P-value column and effect column can be changed to match the input file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE	RefAlleleColumnHeading	NonRefAlleleColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE	PvalueColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT	EffectColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We strongly recommend that both allele labels, corresponding to the the effect allele and non-effect allele, respectively, are given for all SNPs.  Alleles can be numeric (1,2,3,4) or alphabetical (A,C,G,T,a,c,g,t) and can be on either strand if not an A/T or C/G SNP.  For A/T or C/G SNPs, METAL requires SNPs to be on a consistent strand in different input files for the results to be interpretable.  For A/C, A/G, C/T, and G/T SNPs, METAL will flip the strand the alleles are on if not consistent between input files and METAL will output results with respect to the lowest numeric reference allele (see Examples 1, 2, and 3, below).  If all files are consistent (for example, using the HapMap allele naming conventions), the strand of the alleles is left alone. As long as both allele columns are given for each input file, METAL appropriately accounts for situations when different input files use different reference alleles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P-values of 0 or any other non-numeric value are assumed to be missing.  Missing values are tolerated and a meta-analysis p-value will include results from any input file with non-missing values, even if only one input file has a p-value for this marker (see MINWEIGHT below for exclusion of markers with a small combined N).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EFFECT column can have positive and negative values (beta values from regression, for example), or simply directions of effect relative to the reference allele, listed as “+” and “-“.  An EFFECT of “+” (or any positive number) with respect to the reference allele A (or effect allele A), for example, represents a case where increasing number of copies of allele A are correlated with increasing trait values.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To perform odds-ratio based meta-analysis, select SCHEME STDERR at the beginning of the script.  Then, for each file, provide the natural log of the odds ratio as the EFFECT column;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT logOddsRatioColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or, METAL can compute the log of the odds ratio for you;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT log(OddsRatioColumnHeading)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The weight for each MARKER can be assigned using a column;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHTLABEL SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT	SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or the default weight for the entire file can be specified with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g., if you have a sample size of 2000 for all markers in an input file&lt;br /&gt;
DEFAULTWEIGHT	2000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default delimiter in METAL is WHITESPACE (comma or tab is considered a delimiter) but can be changed to comma, tab or space.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR		commas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Custom-designed filters can be used to select SNPs for inclusion in the meta-analysis.  This can be used to select SNPs above or below a certain value (&amp;gt; or &amp;lt; ) from any column in the table, which can be useful for including SNPs with a minor allele frequency above a certain threshold.&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER N &amp;gt; 1000&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE MAF&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL MAF as MAF&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER MAF &amp;gt; 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove filters so that they no longer apply to files processed later, use;&lt;br /&gt;
REMOVEFILTERS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the appropriate WEIGHT, MARKER, PVALUE and EFFECT labels are defined, with or without optional parameters to set the FREQLABEL, DELIMITER, STRAND, FILTER and LABEL commands, load an input file;&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS	firstinputfile_bmi.txt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL does not require that all input files have a p-value result to calculate a meta-analysis p-value.  Any available data is used.  To restrict the output to only markers that have at least a specific weight (number of individuals), then use;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
For example to restrict the output to show only Markers with at least 10,000 individuals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all input files have had their column names defined and been loaded, then define your output filename (optional) and analyze!&lt;br /&gt;
OUTPUTFILE	myoutputfilename&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL can also evaluate the evidence for heterogeneity.  When you do this, METAL will do a second pass of analysis to decide whether observed effect sizes (or test statistics) are homogeneous across samples.  This will result in a test statistic (with n-1) degrees of freedom for n samples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 1; Strand flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output ||  ||  || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 2; Reference allele flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || C/A || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || C/A || - || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output || || || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 2; Strand flips, numeric flips, and reference allele flips required&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || G/T || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || 2/1 || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output || || || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Example text file to run metal; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#THIS FILE EXECUTES AN ANALYSIS OF ALL AVAILABLE INFORMATION&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mkdir output-metal &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
metal &amp;amp;lt;&amp;amp;lt; EOT &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#loading in the first half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE REF_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE PVALUE PROCESS inputfile1.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfiles2.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE pvalue ALLELE A_REF OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile3.txt&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER MARKERNAME&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE EFFECTALLELE NON_EFFECT_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT EFFECT1&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT NONMISS&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile4.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#meta-analysis can be performed at any stage and will include inputfiles 1-4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1to4_ .tbl&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#load the second half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER rsid&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE EFFECT_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT total_N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE Add_p&lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR COMMAS&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile5.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile6.txt&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR WHITESPACE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile7.txt&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE BETA_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE P_VAL&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile8.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#for the final meta-analysis of all 8 samples only output results if the combined weight is greater than 10000 people&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1-8_ .tbl&lt;br /&gt;
MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QUIT&lt;br /&gt;
EOT&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=317</id>
		<title>METAL Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=317"/>
		<updated>2010-02-03T02:11:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: /* Example text file to run metal; */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==METAL==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Goncalo Abecasis, Yun Li and Cristen Willer, 2007&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is a tool for performing meta-analysis of p-values from two or more individual studies.  Metal creates a single summary p-value from studies which could not be analyzed together because of differences in ethnicity, phenotype distribution, gender, inability to share individual-level data, or any other reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each marker, an arbitrary reference allele is selected and a z-statistic characterizing the evidence for association is used as input. The z-statistic summarizes the magnitude and the direction of effect relative to the reference allele.  An overall z-statistic and p-value are then calculated from the weighted average of the individual statistics.  Weights are proportional to the square-root of the number of individuals examined in each sample and selected such that the squared weights sum to 1.0. If a sample contains related individuals, a smaller ‘effective’ population size may be used, but simulations suggest that modest changes in the effective sample size have very little impact on the final p-value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Usage instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is invoked with the command ‘metal’ and allows for analysis to be performed interactively.  A convenient alternative is to save all commands into a single text file which can be provided as input.  An example is at the bottom of this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for a variety of tabular formats in the input files, but the following information must be provided for each marker in each file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of useful commands related to the analysis that are typically set early in the analysis.  For example, the user can choose to weight studies in the meta-analysis using the inverse of the standard error, or the square root of the sample size.  These are proportionate.  Users should be cautious when weighting based on standard error that the beta and standard error are in the same units for all studies (i.e. same trait and same transformation applied to the trait).  The default weighting scheme is SAMPLESIZE.&lt;br /&gt;
SCHEME STDERR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL has an option to perform genomic control correction to all input files.  METAL will estimate the inflation of the test statistic by comparing the median test statistic to that expected by chance, and then apply the genomic control correction to the p-values (for SAMPLESIZE weighted meta-analysis), or the standard error (for STDERR weighted meta-analysis).  This should only be applied to files with whole genome data (i.e. should not be used for cohorts that only performed genotyping of replication SNPs).  Genomic control can be turned off and on for different input files.  We recommend applying genomic control correction to all input files, and also to the final output by loading the initial results file into METAL to perform genomic control correction on the final results.&lt;br /&gt;
GENOMICCONTROL ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL will optionally keep track of the effect allele frequency across all files and provide the mean, minimum and maximum.  This can be quite useful to determine whether the frequencies are similar across different cohorts after METAL performs all strand alignment.  METAL requires all input files to have an allele frequency column when this feature is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
AVERAGEFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
MINMAXFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, for each individual file, the following command will be used;&lt;br /&gt;
FREQLABEL EffectAlleleFrequencyColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow users to keep cumulative counts of custom variables across input files.  An example of this might be to keep track of the sample size when performing standard-error weighted meta-analysis.  The name of the custom variable should be defined once, before input files are loaded.  The name of the heading in each file can be specified using the command LABEL for each file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE TotalSampleSize&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual input file;&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL TotalSampleSize as N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow flexible input formats, including a method for providing SNPs on different strands.  Input files can contain a column which can indicate which strand the alleles are coded on (given as +/-).  This feature can be turned on and off for different files in the same analysis.  If USESTRAND is off, the strand is assumed to be “+” for all SNPs, although obvious strand problems for unambiguous SNPs are identified by METAL and appropriately handled (i.e. one study provides A/G alleles and a different study provides C/T alleles)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
USESTRAND ON&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual file;&lt;br /&gt;
STRAND StrandColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for complete output of individual summary statistics for all SNPs in all input files.  This can create a very large file and should be used with caution.  Users should create custom variables to restrict analyses to significant SNPs or specific SNPs of interest before using this option.  However, this option can be useful for comparing direction of effect across many studies since METAL takes care of all the strand flipping and provides the direction of effect relative to the same allele.  This is also a way to double-check that the expected data are being used appropriately by METAL.&lt;br /&gt;
VERBOSE ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another option allows METAL to check the appropriate number of columns exist for each input file, or allows METAL to ignore situations when there are not enough columns.  The default is STRICT column counting.&lt;br /&gt;
COLUMNCOUNTING LENIENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mandatory input for each input file;&lt;br /&gt;
* Marker name&lt;br /&gt;
* Reference allele (also known as the ‘effect allele’) and the non-reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
* P-value&lt;br /&gt;
* Weight (sample size or standard error)&lt;br /&gt;
* Direction of effect relative to reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tables must have column headers that specify where the mandatory input can be found.  The default name for the Marker column is ‘MARKER’, but can be changed to match the relevant input file column with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER 	SNP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the reference allele column, P-value column and effect column can be changed to match the input file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE	RefAlleleColumnHeading	NonRefAlleleColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE	PvalueColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT	EffectColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We strongly recommend that both allele labels, corresponding to the the effect allele and non-effect allele, respectively, are given for all SNPs.  Alleles can be numeric (1,2,3,4) or alphabetical (A,C,G,T,a,c,g,t) and can be on either strand if not an A/T or C/G SNP.  For A/T or C/G SNPs, METAL requires SNPs to be on a consistent strand in different input files for the results to be interpretable.  For A/C, A/G, C/T, and G/T SNPs, METAL will flip the strand the alleles are on if not consistent between input files and METAL will output results with respect to the lowest numeric reference allele (see Examples 1, 2, and 3, below).  If all files are consistent (for example, using the HapMap allele naming conventions), the strand of the alleles is left alone. As long as both allele columns are given for each input file, METAL appropriately accounts for situations when different input files use different reference alleles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P-values of 0 or any other non-numeric value are assumed to be missing.  Missing values are tolerated and a meta-analysis p-value will include results from any input file with non-missing values, even if only one input file has a p-value for this marker (see MINWEIGHT below for exclusion of markers with a small combined N).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EFFECT column can have positive and negative values (beta values from regression, for example), or simply directions of effect relative to the reference allele, listed as “+” and “-“.  An EFFECT of “+” (or any positive number) with respect to the reference allele A (or effect allele A), for example, represents a case where increasing number of copies of allele A are correlated with increasing trait values.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To perform odds-ratio based meta-analysis, select SCHEME STDERR at the beginning of the script.  Then, for each file, provide the natural log of the odds ratio as the EFFECT column;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT logOddsRatioColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or, METAL can compute the log of the odds ratio for you;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT log(OddsRatioColumnHeading)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The weight for each MARKER can be assigned using a column;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHTLABEL SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT	SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or the default weight for the entire file can be specified with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g., if you have a sample size of 2000 for all markers in an input file&lt;br /&gt;
DEFAULTWEIGHT	2000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default delimiter in METAL is WHITESPACE (comma or tab is considered a delimiter) but can be changed to comma, tab or space.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR		commas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Custom-designed filters can be used to select SNPs for inclusion in the meta-analysis.  This can be used to select SNPs above or below a certain value (&amp;gt; or &amp;lt; ) from any column in the table, which can be useful for including SNPs with a minor allele frequency above a certain threshold.&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER N &amp;gt; 1000&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE MAF&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL MAF as MAF&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER MAF &amp;gt; 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove filters so that they no longer apply to files processed later, use;&lt;br /&gt;
REMOVEFILTERS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the appropriate WEIGHT, MARKER, PVALUE and EFFECT labels are defined, with or without optional parameters to set the FREQLABEL, DELIMITER, STRAND, FILTER and LABEL commands, load an input file;&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS	firstinputfile_bmi.txt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL does not require that all input files have a p-value result to calculate a meta-analysis p-value.  Any available data is used.  To restrict the output to only markers that have at least a specific weight (number of individuals), then use;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
For example to restrict the output to show only Markers with at least 10,000 individuals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all input files have had their column names defined and been loaded, then define your output filename (optional) and analyze!&lt;br /&gt;
OUTPUTFILE	myoutputfilename&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL can also evaluate the evidence for heterogeneity.  When you do this, METAL will do a second pass of analysis to decide whether observed effect sizes (or test statistics) are homogeneous across samples.  This will result in a test statistic (with n-1) degrees of freedom for n samples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 1; Strand flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output ||  ||  || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 2; Reference allele flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || C/A || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || C/A || - || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output || || || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 2; Strand flips, numeric flips, and reference allele flips required&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || G/T || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || 2/1 || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output || || || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Example text file to run metal; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#THIS FILE EXECUTES AN ANALYSIS OF ALL AVAILABLE INFORMATION&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mkdir output-metal &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
metal &amp;amp;lt;&amp;amp;lt; EOT &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#loading in the first half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE REF_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE PVALUE PROCESS inputfile1.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfiles2.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE pvalue ALLELE A_REF OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT N&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile3.txt&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER MARKERNAME&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE EFFECTALLELE NON_EFFECT_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT EFFECT1&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT NONMISS&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile4.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#meta-analysis can be performed at any stage and will include inputfiles 1-4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1to4_ .tbl&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#load the second half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER rsid ALLELE EFFECT_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE EFFECT BETA WEIGHT total_N PVALUE Add_p SEPARATOR COMMAS PROCESS inputfile5.txt PROCESS inputfile6.txt ALLELE ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE MARKER SNP EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PVALUE PVALUE SEPARATOR WHITESPACE PROCESS inputfile7.txt ALLELE BETA_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE PVALUE P_VAL MARKER SNP EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PROCESS inputfile8.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#for the final meta-analysis of all 8 samples &lt;br /&gt;
#only output results if the combined weight &lt;br /&gt;
#is greater than 10000 people&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1-8_ .tbl MINWEIGHT 10000 ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QUIT&lt;br /&gt;
EOT&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=316</id>
		<title>METAL Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=316"/>
		<updated>2010-02-03T02:09:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: /* Example text file to run metal; */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==METAL==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Goncalo Abecasis, Yun Li and Cristen Willer, 2007&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is a tool for performing meta-analysis of p-values from two or more individual studies.  Metal creates a single summary p-value from studies which could not be analyzed together because of differences in ethnicity, phenotype distribution, gender, inability to share individual-level data, or any other reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each marker, an arbitrary reference allele is selected and a z-statistic characterizing the evidence for association is used as input. The z-statistic summarizes the magnitude and the direction of effect relative to the reference allele.  An overall z-statistic and p-value are then calculated from the weighted average of the individual statistics.  Weights are proportional to the square-root of the number of individuals examined in each sample and selected such that the squared weights sum to 1.0. If a sample contains related individuals, a smaller ‘effective’ population size may be used, but simulations suggest that modest changes in the effective sample size have very little impact on the final p-value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Usage instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is invoked with the command ‘metal’ and allows for analysis to be performed interactively.  A convenient alternative is to save all commands into a single text file which can be provided as input.  An example is at the bottom of this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for a variety of tabular formats in the input files, but the following information must be provided for each marker in each file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of useful commands related to the analysis that are typically set early in the analysis.  For example, the user can choose to weight studies in the meta-analysis using the inverse of the standard error, or the square root of the sample size.  These are proportionate.  Users should be cautious when weighting based on standard error that the beta and standard error are in the same units for all studies (i.e. same trait and same transformation applied to the trait).  The default weighting scheme is SAMPLESIZE.&lt;br /&gt;
SCHEME STDERR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL has an option to perform genomic control correction to all input files.  METAL will estimate the inflation of the test statistic by comparing the median test statistic to that expected by chance, and then apply the genomic control correction to the p-values (for SAMPLESIZE weighted meta-analysis), or the standard error (for STDERR weighted meta-analysis).  This should only be applied to files with whole genome data (i.e. should not be used for cohorts that only performed genotyping of replication SNPs).  Genomic control can be turned off and on for different input files.  We recommend applying genomic control correction to all input files, and also to the final output by loading the initial results file into METAL to perform genomic control correction on the final results.&lt;br /&gt;
GENOMICCONTROL ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL will optionally keep track of the effect allele frequency across all files and provide the mean, minimum and maximum.  This can be quite useful to determine whether the frequencies are similar across different cohorts after METAL performs all strand alignment.  METAL requires all input files to have an allele frequency column when this feature is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
AVERAGEFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
MINMAXFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, for each individual file, the following command will be used;&lt;br /&gt;
FREQLABEL EffectAlleleFrequencyColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow users to keep cumulative counts of custom variables across input files.  An example of this might be to keep track of the sample size when performing standard-error weighted meta-analysis.  The name of the custom variable should be defined once, before input files are loaded.  The name of the heading in each file can be specified using the command LABEL for each file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE TotalSampleSize&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual input file;&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL TotalSampleSize as N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow flexible input formats, including a method for providing SNPs on different strands.  Input files can contain a column which can indicate which strand the alleles are coded on (given as +/-).  This feature can be turned on and off for different files in the same analysis.  If USESTRAND is off, the strand is assumed to be “+” for all SNPs, although obvious strand problems for unambiguous SNPs are identified by METAL and appropriately handled (i.e. one study provides A/G alleles and a different study provides C/T alleles)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
USESTRAND ON&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual file;&lt;br /&gt;
STRAND StrandColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for complete output of individual summary statistics for all SNPs in all input files.  This can create a very large file and should be used with caution.  Users should create custom variables to restrict analyses to significant SNPs or specific SNPs of interest before using this option.  However, this option can be useful for comparing direction of effect across many studies since METAL takes care of all the strand flipping and provides the direction of effect relative to the same allele.  This is also a way to double-check that the expected data are being used appropriately by METAL.&lt;br /&gt;
VERBOSE ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another option allows METAL to check the appropriate number of columns exist for each input file, or allows METAL to ignore situations when there are not enough columns.  The default is STRICT column counting.&lt;br /&gt;
COLUMNCOUNTING LENIENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mandatory input for each input file;&lt;br /&gt;
* Marker name&lt;br /&gt;
* Reference allele (also known as the ‘effect allele’) and the non-reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
* P-value&lt;br /&gt;
* Weight (sample size or standard error)&lt;br /&gt;
* Direction of effect relative to reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tables must have column headers that specify where the mandatory input can be found.  The default name for the Marker column is ‘MARKER’, but can be changed to match the relevant input file column with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER 	SNP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the reference allele column, P-value column and effect column can be changed to match the input file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE	RefAlleleColumnHeading	NonRefAlleleColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE	PvalueColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT	EffectColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We strongly recommend that both allele labels, corresponding to the the effect allele and non-effect allele, respectively, are given for all SNPs.  Alleles can be numeric (1,2,3,4) or alphabetical (A,C,G,T,a,c,g,t) and can be on either strand if not an A/T or C/G SNP.  For A/T or C/G SNPs, METAL requires SNPs to be on a consistent strand in different input files for the results to be interpretable.  For A/C, A/G, C/T, and G/T SNPs, METAL will flip the strand the alleles are on if not consistent between input files and METAL will output results with respect to the lowest numeric reference allele (see Examples 1, 2, and 3, below).  If all files are consistent (for example, using the HapMap allele naming conventions), the strand of the alleles is left alone. As long as both allele columns are given for each input file, METAL appropriately accounts for situations when different input files use different reference alleles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P-values of 0 or any other non-numeric value are assumed to be missing.  Missing values are tolerated and a meta-analysis p-value will include results from any input file with non-missing values, even if only one input file has a p-value for this marker (see MINWEIGHT below for exclusion of markers with a small combined N).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EFFECT column can have positive and negative values (beta values from regression, for example), or simply directions of effect relative to the reference allele, listed as “+” and “-“.  An EFFECT of “+” (or any positive number) with respect to the reference allele A (or effect allele A), for example, represents a case where increasing number of copies of allele A are correlated with increasing trait values.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To perform odds-ratio based meta-analysis, select SCHEME STDERR at the beginning of the script.  Then, for each file, provide the natural log of the odds ratio as the EFFECT column;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT logOddsRatioColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or, METAL can compute the log of the odds ratio for you;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT log(OddsRatioColumnHeading)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The weight for each MARKER can be assigned using a column;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHTLABEL SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT	SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or the default weight for the entire file can be specified with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g., if you have a sample size of 2000 for all markers in an input file&lt;br /&gt;
DEFAULTWEIGHT	2000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default delimiter in METAL is WHITESPACE (comma or tab is considered a delimiter) but can be changed to comma, tab or space.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR		commas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Custom-designed filters can be used to select SNPs for inclusion in the meta-analysis.  This can be used to select SNPs above or below a certain value (&amp;gt; or &amp;lt; ) from any column in the table, which can be useful for including SNPs with a minor allele frequency above a certain threshold.&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER N &amp;gt; 1000&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE MAF&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL MAF as MAF&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER MAF &amp;gt; 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove filters so that they no longer apply to files processed later, use;&lt;br /&gt;
REMOVEFILTERS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the appropriate WEIGHT, MARKER, PVALUE and EFFECT labels are defined, with or without optional parameters to set the FREQLABEL, DELIMITER, STRAND, FILTER and LABEL commands, load an input file;&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS	firstinputfile_bmi.txt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL does not require that all input files have a p-value result to calculate a meta-analysis p-value.  Any available data is used.  To restrict the output to only markers that have at least a specific weight (number of individuals), then use;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
For example to restrict the output to show only Markers with at least 10,000 individuals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all input files have had their column names defined and been loaded, then define your output filename (optional) and analyze!&lt;br /&gt;
OUTPUTFILE	myoutputfilename&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL can also evaluate the evidence for heterogeneity.  When you do this, METAL will do a second pass of analysis to decide whether observed effect sizes (or test statistics) are homogeneous across samples.  This will result in a test statistic (with n-1) degrees of freedom for n samples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 1; Strand flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output ||  ||  || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 2; Reference allele flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || C/A || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || C/A || - || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output || || || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 2; Strand flips, numeric flips, and reference allele flips required&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || G/T || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || 2/1 || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output || || || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Example text file to run metal; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#THIS FILE EXECUTES AN ANALYSIS OF ALL AVAILABLE INFORMATION&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mkdir output-metal &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
metal &amp;amp;lt;&amp;amp;lt; EOT &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#loading in the first half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP ALLELE REF_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PVALUE PVALUE PROCESS inputfile1.txt PROCESS inputfiles2.txt PVALUE pvalue ALLELE A_REF OTHER_ALLELE MARKER SNP EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PROCESS inputfile3.txt MARKER MARKERNAME ALLELE EFFECTALLELE NON_EFFECT_ALLELE EFFECT EFFECT1 WEIGHT NONMISS PVALUE PVALUE PROCESS inputfile4.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#meta-analysis can be performed at any stage &lt;br /&gt;
#and will include inputfiles 1-4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1to4_ .tbl ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#load the second half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER rsid ALLELE EFFECT_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE EFFECT BETA WEIGHT total_N PVALUE Add_p SEPARATOR COMMAS PROCESS inputfile5.txt PROCESS inputfile6.txt ALLELE ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE MARKER SNP EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PVALUE PVALUE SEPARATOR WHITESPACE PROCESS inputfile7.txt ALLELE BETA_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE PVALUE P_VAL MARKER SNP EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PROCESS inputfile8.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#for the final meta-analysis of all 8 samples &lt;br /&gt;
#only output results if the combined weight &lt;br /&gt;
#is greater than 10000 people&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1-8_ .tbl MINWEIGHT 10000 ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QUIT&lt;br /&gt;
EOT&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=315</id>
		<title>METAL Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=315"/>
		<updated>2010-02-03T02:08:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: /* ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==METAL==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Goncalo Abecasis, Yun Li and Cristen Willer, 2007&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is a tool for performing meta-analysis of p-values from two or more individual studies.  Metal creates a single summary p-value from studies which could not be analyzed together because of differences in ethnicity, phenotype distribution, gender, inability to share individual-level data, or any other reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each marker, an arbitrary reference allele is selected and a z-statistic characterizing the evidence for association is used as input. The z-statistic summarizes the magnitude and the direction of effect relative to the reference allele.  An overall z-statistic and p-value are then calculated from the weighted average of the individual statistics.  Weights are proportional to the square-root of the number of individuals examined in each sample and selected such that the squared weights sum to 1.0. If a sample contains related individuals, a smaller ‘effective’ population size may be used, but simulations suggest that modest changes in the effective sample size have very little impact on the final p-value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Usage instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is invoked with the command ‘metal’ and allows for analysis to be performed interactively.  A convenient alternative is to save all commands into a single text file which can be provided as input.  An example is at the bottom of this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for a variety of tabular formats in the input files, but the following information must be provided for each marker in each file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of useful commands related to the analysis that are typically set early in the analysis.  For example, the user can choose to weight studies in the meta-analysis using the inverse of the standard error, or the square root of the sample size.  These are proportionate.  Users should be cautious when weighting based on standard error that the beta and standard error are in the same units for all studies (i.e. same trait and same transformation applied to the trait).  The default weighting scheme is SAMPLESIZE.&lt;br /&gt;
SCHEME STDERR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL has an option to perform genomic control correction to all input files.  METAL will estimate the inflation of the test statistic by comparing the median test statistic to that expected by chance, and then apply the genomic control correction to the p-values (for SAMPLESIZE weighted meta-analysis), or the standard error (for STDERR weighted meta-analysis).  This should only be applied to files with whole genome data (i.e. should not be used for cohorts that only performed genotyping of replication SNPs).  Genomic control can be turned off and on for different input files.  We recommend applying genomic control correction to all input files, and also to the final output by loading the initial results file into METAL to perform genomic control correction on the final results.&lt;br /&gt;
GENOMICCONTROL ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL will optionally keep track of the effect allele frequency across all files and provide the mean, minimum and maximum.  This can be quite useful to determine whether the frequencies are similar across different cohorts after METAL performs all strand alignment.  METAL requires all input files to have an allele frequency column when this feature is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
AVERAGEFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
MINMAXFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, for each individual file, the following command will be used;&lt;br /&gt;
FREQLABEL EffectAlleleFrequencyColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow users to keep cumulative counts of custom variables across input files.  An example of this might be to keep track of the sample size when performing standard-error weighted meta-analysis.  The name of the custom variable should be defined once, before input files are loaded.  The name of the heading in each file can be specified using the command LABEL for each file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE TotalSampleSize&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual input file;&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL TotalSampleSize as N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow flexible input formats, including a method for providing SNPs on different strands.  Input files can contain a column which can indicate which strand the alleles are coded on (given as +/-).  This feature can be turned on and off for different files in the same analysis.  If USESTRAND is off, the strand is assumed to be “+” for all SNPs, although obvious strand problems for unambiguous SNPs are identified by METAL and appropriately handled (i.e. one study provides A/G alleles and a different study provides C/T alleles)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
USESTRAND ON&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual file;&lt;br /&gt;
STRAND StrandColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for complete output of individual summary statistics for all SNPs in all input files.  This can create a very large file and should be used with caution.  Users should create custom variables to restrict analyses to significant SNPs or specific SNPs of interest before using this option.  However, this option can be useful for comparing direction of effect across many studies since METAL takes care of all the strand flipping and provides the direction of effect relative to the same allele.  This is also a way to double-check that the expected data are being used appropriately by METAL.&lt;br /&gt;
VERBOSE ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another option allows METAL to check the appropriate number of columns exist for each input file, or allows METAL to ignore situations when there are not enough columns.  The default is STRICT column counting.&lt;br /&gt;
COLUMNCOUNTING LENIENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mandatory input for each input file;&lt;br /&gt;
* Marker name&lt;br /&gt;
* Reference allele (also known as the ‘effect allele’) and the non-reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
* P-value&lt;br /&gt;
* Weight (sample size or standard error)&lt;br /&gt;
* Direction of effect relative to reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tables must have column headers that specify where the mandatory input can be found.  The default name for the Marker column is ‘MARKER’, but can be changed to match the relevant input file column with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER 	SNP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the reference allele column, P-value column and effect column can be changed to match the input file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE	RefAlleleColumnHeading	NonRefAlleleColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE	PvalueColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT	EffectColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We strongly recommend that both allele labels, corresponding to the the effect allele and non-effect allele, respectively, are given for all SNPs.  Alleles can be numeric (1,2,3,4) or alphabetical (A,C,G,T,a,c,g,t) and can be on either strand if not an A/T or C/G SNP.  For A/T or C/G SNPs, METAL requires SNPs to be on a consistent strand in different input files for the results to be interpretable.  For A/C, A/G, C/T, and G/T SNPs, METAL will flip the strand the alleles are on if not consistent between input files and METAL will output results with respect to the lowest numeric reference allele (see Examples 1, 2, and 3, below).  If all files are consistent (for example, using the HapMap allele naming conventions), the strand of the alleles is left alone. As long as both allele columns are given for each input file, METAL appropriately accounts for situations when different input files use different reference alleles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P-values of 0 or any other non-numeric value are assumed to be missing.  Missing values are tolerated and a meta-analysis p-value will include results from any input file with non-missing values, even if only one input file has a p-value for this marker (see MINWEIGHT below for exclusion of markers with a small combined N).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EFFECT column can have positive and negative values (beta values from regression, for example), or simply directions of effect relative to the reference allele, listed as “+” and “-“.  An EFFECT of “+” (or any positive number) with respect to the reference allele A (or effect allele A), for example, represents a case where increasing number of copies of allele A are correlated with increasing trait values.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To perform odds-ratio based meta-analysis, select SCHEME STDERR at the beginning of the script.  Then, for each file, provide the natural log of the odds ratio as the EFFECT column;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT logOddsRatioColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or, METAL can compute the log of the odds ratio for you;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT log(OddsRatioColumnHeading)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The weight for each MARKER can be assigned using a column;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHTLABEL SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT	SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or the default weight for the entire file can be specified with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g., if you have a sample size of 2000 for all markers in an input file&lt;br /&gt;
DEFAULTWEIGHT	2000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default delimiter in METAL is WHITESPACE (comma or tab is considered a delimiter) but can be changed to comma, tab or space.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR		commas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Custom-designed filters can be used to select SNPs for inclusion in the meta-analysis.  This can be used to select SNPs above or below a certain value (&amp;gt; or &amp;lt; ) from any column in the table, which can be useful for including SNPs with a minor allele frequency above a certain threshold.&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER N &amp;gt; 1000&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE MAF&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL MAF as MAF&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER MAF &amp;gt; 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove filters so that they no longer apply to files processed later, use;&lt;br /&gt;
REMOVEFILTERS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the appropriate WEIGHT, MARKER, PVALUE and EFFECT labels are defined, with or without optional parameters to set the FREQLABEL, DELIMITER, STRAND, FILTER and LABEL commands, load an input file;&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS	firstinputfile_bmi.txt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL does not require that all input files have a p-value result to calculate a meta-analysis p-value.  Any available data is used.  To restrict the output to only markers that have at least a specific weight (number of individuals), then use;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
For example to restrict the output to show only Markers with at least 10,000 individuals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all input files have had their column names defined and been loaded, then define your output filename (optional) and analyze!&lt;br /&gt;
OUTPUTFILE	myoutputfilename&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL can also evaluate the evidence for heterogeneity.  When you do this, METAL will do a second pass of analysis to decide whether observed effect sizes (or test statistics) are homogeneous across samples.  This will result in a test statistic (with n-1) degrees of freedom for n samples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 1; Strand flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output ||  ||  || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 2; Reference allele flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || C/A || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || C/A || - || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output || || || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 2; Strand flips, numeric flips, and reference allele flips required&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || G/T || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || 2/1 || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output || || || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Example text file to run metal; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#THIS FILE EXECUTES AN ANALYSIS OF ALL AVAILABLE INFORMATION&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mkdir output-metal &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
metal &amp;amp;lt;&amp;amp;lt; EOT &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#loading in the first half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP ALLELE REF_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PVALUE PVALUE PROCESS inputfile1.txt PROCESS inputfiles2.txt PVALUE pvalue ALLELE A_REF OTHER_ALLELE MARKER SNP EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PROCESS inputfile3.txt MARKER MARKERNAME ALLELE EFFECTALLELE NON_EFFECT_ALLELE EFFECT EFFECT1 WEIGHT NONMISS PVALUE PVALUE PROCESS inputfile4.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#meta-analysis can be performed at any stage &lt;br /&gt;
#and will include inputfiles 1-4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1to4_ .tbl ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#load the second half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER rsid ALLELE EFFECT_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE EFFECT BETA WEIGHT total_N PVALUE Add_p SEPARATOR COMMAS PROCESS inputfile5.txt PROCESS inputfile6.txt ALLELE ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE MARKER SNP EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PVALUE PVALUE SEPARATOR WHITESPACE PROCESS inputfile7.txt ALLELE BETA_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE PVALUE P_VAL MARKER SNP EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PROCESS inputfile8.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#for the final meta-analysis of all 8 samples &lt;br /&gt;
#only output results if the combined weight &lt;br /&gt;
#is greater than 10000 people&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1-8_ .tbl MINWEIGHT 10000 ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QUIT EOT&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=314</id>
		<title>METAL Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=314"/>
		<updated>2010-02-03T02:04:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: /* ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==METAL==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Goncalo Abecasis, Yun Li and Cristen Willer, 2007&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is a tool for performing meta-analysis of p-values from two or more individual studies.  Metal creates a single summary p-value from studies which could not be analyzed together because of differences in ethnicity, phenotype distribution, gender, inability to share individual-level data, or any other reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each marker, an arbitrary reference allele is selected and a z-statistic characterizing the evidence for association is used as input. The z-statistic summarizes the magnitude and the direction of effect relative to the reference allele.  An overall z-statistic and p-value are then calculated from the weighted average of the individual statistics.  Weights are proportional to the square-root of the number of individuals examined in each sample and selected such that the squared weights sum to 1.0. If a sample contains related individuals, a smaller ‘effective’ population size may be used, but simulations suggest that modest changes in the effective sample size have very little impact on the final p-value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Usage instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is invoked with the command ‘metal’ and allows for analysis to be performed interactively.  A convenient alternative is to save all commands into a single text file which can be provided as input.  An example is at the bottom of this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for a variety of tabular formats in the input files, but the following information must be provided for each marker in each file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of useful commands related to the analysis that are typically set early in the analysis.  For example, the user can choose to weight studies in the meta-analysis using the inverse of the standard error, or the square root of the sample size.  These are proportionate.  Users should be cautious when weighting based on standard error that the beta and standard error are in the same units for all studies (i.e. same trait and same transformation applied to the trait).  The default weighting scheme is SAMPLESIZE.&lt;br /&gt;
SCHEME STDERR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL has an option to perform genomic control correction to all input files.  METAL will estimate the inflation of the test statistic by comparing the median test statistic to that expected by chance, and then apply the genomic control correction to the p-values (for SAMPLESIZE weighted meta-analysis), or the standard error (for STDERR weighted meta-analysis).  This should only be applied to files with whole genome data (i.e. should not be used for cohorts that only performed genotyping of replication SNPs).  Genomic control can be turned off and on for different input files.  We recommend applying genomic control correction to all input files, and also to the final output by loading the initial results file into METAL to perform genomic control correction on the final results.&lt;br /&gt;
GENOMICCONTROL ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL will optionally keep track of the effect allele frequency across all files and provide the mean, minimum and maximum.  This can be quite useful to determine whether the frequencies are similar across different cohorts after METAL performs all strand alignment.  METAL requires all input files to have an allele frequency column when this feature is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
AVERAGEFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
MINMAXFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, for each individual file, the following command will be used;&lt;br /&gt;
FREQLABEL EffectAlleleFrequencyColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow users to keep cumulative counts of custom variables across input files.  An example of this might be to keep track of the sample size when performing standard-error weighted meta-analysis.  The name of the custom variable should be defined once, before input files are loaded.  The name of the heading in each file can be specified using the command LABEL for each file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE TotalSampleSize&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual input file;&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL TotalSampleSize as N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow flexible input formats, including a method for providing SNPs on different strands.  Input files can contain a column which can indicate which strand the alleles are coded on (given as +/-).  This feature can be turned on and off for different files in the same analysis.  If USESTRAND is off, the strand is assumed to be “+” for all SNPs, although obvious strand problems for unambiguous SNPs are identified by METAL and appropriately handled (i.e. one study provides A/G alleles and a different study provides C/T alleles)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
USESTRAND ON&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual file;&lt;br /&gt;
STRAND StrandColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for complete output of individual summary statistics for all SNPs in all input files.  This can create a very large file and should be used with caution.  Users should create custom variables to restrict analyses to significant SNPs or specific SNPs of interest before using this option.  However, this option can be useful for comparing direction of effect across many studies since METAL takes care of all the strand flipping and provides the direction of effect relative to the same allele.  This is also a way to double-check that the expected data are being used appropriately by METAL.&lt;br /&gt;
VERBOSE ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another option allows METAL to check the appropriate number of columns exist for each input file, or allows METAL to ignore situations when there are not enough columns.  The default is STRICT column counting.&lt;br /&gt;
COLUMNCOUNTING LENIENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mandatory input for each input file;&lt;br /&gt;
* Marker name&lt;br /&gt;
* Reference allele (also known as the ‘effect allele’) and the non-reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
* P-value&lt;br /&gt;
* Weight (sample size or standard error)&lt;br /&gt;
* Direction of effect relative to reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tables must have column headers that specify where the mandatory input can be found.  The default name for the Marker column is ‘MARKER’, but can be changed to match the relevant input file column with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER 	SNP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the reference allele column, P-value column and effect column can be changed to match the input file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE	RefAlleleColumnHeading	NonRefAlleleColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE	PvalueColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT	EffectColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We strongly recommend that both allele labels, corresponding to the the effect allele and non-effect allele, respectively, are given for all SNPs.  Alleles can be numeric (1,2,3,4) or alphabetical (A,C,G,T,a,c,g,t) and can be on either strand if not an A/T or C/G SNP.  For A/T or C/G SNPs, METAL requires SNPs to be on a consistent strand in different input files for the results to be interpretable.  For A/C, A/G, C/T, and G/T SNPs, METAL will flip the strand the alleles are on if not consistent between input files and METAL will output results with respect to the lowest numeric reference allele (see Examples 1, 2, and 3, below).  If all files are consistent (for example, using the HapMap allele naming conventions), the strand of the alleles is left alone. As long as both allele columns are given for each input file, METAL appropriately accounts for situations when different input files use different reference alleles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P-values of 0 or any other non-numeric value are assumed to be missing.  Missing values are tolerated and a meta-analysis p-value will include results from any input file with non-missing values, even if only one input file has a p-value for this marker (see MINWEIGHT below for exclusion of markers with a small combined N).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EFFECT column can have positive and negative values (beta values from regression, for example), or simply directions of effect relative to the reference allele, listed as “+” and “-“.  An EFFECT of “+” (or any positive number) with respect to the reference allele A (or effect allele A), for example, represents a case where increasing number of copies of allele A are correlated with increasing trait values.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To perform odds-ratio based meta-analysis, select SCHEME STDERR at the beginning of the script.  Then, for each file, provide the natural log of the odds ratio as the EFFECT column;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT logOddsRatioColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or, METAL can compute the log of the odds ratio for you;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT log(OddsRatioColumnHeading)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The weight for each MARKER can be assigned using a column;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHTLABEL SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT	SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or the default weight for the entire file can be specified with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g., if you have a sample size of 2000 for all markers in an input file&lt;br /&gt;
DEFAULTWEIGHT	2000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default delimiter in METAL is WHITESPACE (comma or tab is considered a delimiter) but can be changed to comma, tab or space.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR		commas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Custom-designed filters can be used to select SNPs for inclusion in the meta-analysis.  This can be used to select SNPs above or below a certain value (&amp;gt; or &amp;lt; ) from any column in the table, which can be useful for including SNPs with a minor allele frequency above a certain threshold.&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER N &amp;gt; 1000&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE MAF&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL MAF as MAF&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER MAF &amp;gt; 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove filters so that they no longer apply to files processed later, use;&lt;br /&gt;
REMOVEFILTERS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the appropriate WEIGHT, MARKER, PVALUE and EFFECT labels are defined, with or without optional parameters to set the FREQLABEL, DELIMITER, STRAND, FILTER and LABEL commands, load an input file;&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS	firstinputfile_bmi.txt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL does not require that all input files have a p-value result to calculate a meta-analysis p-value.  Any available data is used.  To restrict the output to only markers that have at least a specific weight (number of individuals), then use;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
For example to restrict the output to show only Markers with at least 10,000 individuals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all input files have had their column names defined and been loaded, then define your output filename (optional) and analyze!&lt;br /&gt;
OUTPUTFILE	myoutputfilename&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL can also evaluate the evidence for heterogeneity.  When you do this, METAL will do a second pass of analysis to decide whether observed effect sizes (or test statistics) are homogeneous across samples.  This will result in a test statistic (with n-1) degrees of freedom for n samples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 1; Strand flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output ||  ||  || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 2; Reference allele flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT&lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || C/A || - || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || C/A || - || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output || || || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2; Strand flips, numeric flips, and reference allele flips required ALLELES EFFECT ALLELES Analyzed EFFECT Analyzed Input file 1 G/T - a/c + Input file 2 2/1 - a/c + Input file 3 A/C + a/c + Output a/c + &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; Example text file to run metal; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#THIS FILE EXECUTES AN ANALYSIS OF ALL AVAILABLE INFORMATION&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mkdir output-metal &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
metal &amp;amp;lt;&amp;amp;lt; EOT &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#loading in the first half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP ALLELE REF_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PVALUE PVALUE PROCESS inputfile1.txt PROCESS inputfiles2.txt PVALUE pvalue ALLELE A_REF OTHER_ALLELE MARKER SNP EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PROCESS inputfile3.txt MARKER MARKERNAME ALLELE EFFECTALLELE NON_EFFECT_ALLELE EFFECT EFFECT1 WEIGHT NONMISS PVALUE PVALUE PROCESS inputfile4.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#meta-analysis can be performed at any stage &lt;br /&gt;
#and will include inputfiles 1-4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1to4_ .tbl ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#load the second half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER rsid ALLELE EFFECT_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE EFFECT BETA WEIGHT total_N PVALUE Add_p SEPARATOR COMMAS PROCESS inputfile5.txt PROCESS inputfile6.txt ALLELE ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE MARKER SNP EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PVALUE PVALUE SEPARATOR WHITESPACE PROCESS inputfile7.txt ALLELE BETA_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE PVALUE P_VAL MARKER SNP EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PROCESS inputfile8.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#for the final meta-analysis of all 8 samples &lt;br /&gt;
#only output results if the combined weight &lt;br /&gt;
#is greater than 10000 people&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1-8_ .tbl MINWEIGHT 10000 ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QUIT EOT&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=313</id>
		<title>METAL Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=313"/>
		<updated>2010-02-03T02:01:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: /* ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==METAL==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Goncalo Abecasis, Yun Li and Cristen Willer, 2007&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is a tool for performing meta-analysis of p-values from two or more individual studies.  Metal creates a single summary p-value from studies which could not be analyzed together because of differences in ethnicity, phenotype distribution, gender, inability to share individual-level data, or any other reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each marker, an arbitrary reference allele is selected and a z-statistic characterizing the evidence for association is used as input. The z-statistic summarizes the magnitude and the direction of effect relative to the reference allele.  An overall z-statistic and p-value are then calculated from the weighted average of the individual statistics.  Weights are proportional to the square-root of the number of individuals examined in each sample and selected such that the squared weights sum to 1.0. If a sample contains related individuals, a smaller ‘effective’ population size may be used, but simulations suggest that modest changes in the effective sample size have very little impact on the final p-value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Usage instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is invoked with the command ‘metal’ and allows for analysis to be performed interactively.  A convenient alternative is to save all commands into a single text file which can be provided as input.  An example is at the bottom of this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for a variety of tabular formats in the input files, but the following information must be provided for each marker in each file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of useful commands related to the analysis that are typically set early in the analysis.  For example, the user can choose to weight studies in the meta-analysis using the inverse of the standard error, or the square root of the sample size.  These are proportionate.  Users should be cautious when weighting based on standard error that the beta and standard error are in the same units for all studies (i.e. same trait and same transformation applied to the trait).  The default weighting scheme is SAMPLESIZE.&lt;br /&gt;
SCHEME STDERR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL has an option to perform genomic control correction to all input files.  METAL will estimate the inflation of the test statistic by comparing the median test statistic to that expected by chance, and then apply the genomic control correction to the p-values (for SAMPLESIZE weighted meta-analysis), or the standard error (for STDERR weighted meta-analysis).  This should only be applied to files with whole genome data (i.e. should not be used for cohorts that only performed genotyping of replication SNPs).  Genomic control can be turned off and on for different input files.  We recommend applying genomic control correction to all input files, and also to the final output by loading the initial results file into METAL to perform genomic control correction on the final results.&lt;br /&gt;
GENOMICCONTROL ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL will optionally keep track of the effect allele frequency across all files and provide the mean, minimum and maximum.  This can be quite useful to determine whether the frequencies are similar across different cohorts after METAL performs all strand alignment.  METAL requires all input files to have an allele frequency column when this feature is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
AVERAGEFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
MINMAXFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, for each individual file, the following command will be used;&lt;br /&gt;
FREQLABEL EffectAlleleFrequencyColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow users to keep cumulative counts of custom variables across input files.  An example of this might be to keep track of the sample size when performing standard-error weighted meta-analysis.  The name of the custom variable should be defined once, before input files are loaded.  The name of the heading in each file can be specified using the command LABEL for each file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE TotalSampleSize&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual input file;&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL TotalSampleSize as N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow flexible input formats, including a method for providing SNPs on different strands.  Input files can contain a column which can indicate which strand the alleles are coded on (given as +/-).  This feature can be turned on and off for different files in the same analysis.  If USESTRAND is off, the strand is assumed to be “+” for all SNPs, although obvious strand problems for unambiguous SNPs are identified by METAL and appropriately handled (i.e. one study provides A/G alleles and a different study provides C/T alleles)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
USESTRAND ON&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual file;&lt;br /&gt;
STRAND StrandColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for complete output of individual summary statistics for all SNPs in all input files.  This can create a very large file and should be used with caution.  Users should create custom variables to restrict analyses to significant SNPs or specific SNPs of interest before using this option.  However, this option can be useful for comparing direction of effect across many studies since METAL takes care of all the strand flipping and provides the direction of effect relative to the same allele.  This is also a way to double-check that the expected data are being used appropriately by METAL.&lt;br /&gt;
VERBOSE ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another option allows METAL to check the appropriate number of columns exist for each input file, or allows METAL to ignore situations when there are not enough columns.  The default is STRICT column counting.&lt;br /&gt;
COLUMNCOUNTING LENIENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mandatory input for each input file;&lt;br /&gt;
* Marker name&lt;br /&gt;
* Reference allele (also known as the ‘effect allele’) and the non-reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
* P-value&lt;br /&gt;
* Weight (sample size or standard error)&lt;br /&gt;
* Direction of effect relative to reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tables must have column headers that specify where the mandatory input can be found.  The default name for the Marker column is ‘MARKER’, but can be changed to match the relevant input file column with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER 	SNP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the reference allele column, P-value column and effect column can be changed to match the input file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE	RefAlleleColumnHeading	NonRefAlleleColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE	PvalueColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT	EffectColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We strongly recommend that both allele labels, corresponding to the the effect allele and non-effect allele, respectively, are given for all SNPs.  Alleles can be numeric (1,2,3,4) or alphabetical (A,C,G,T,a,c,g,t) and can be on either strand if not an A/T or C/G SNP.  For A/T or C/G SNPs, METAL requires SNPs to be on a consistent strand in different input files for the results to be interpretable.  For A/C, A/G, C/T, and G/T SNPs, METAL will flip the strand the alleles are on if not consistent between input files and METAL will output results with respect to the lowest numeric reference allele (see Examples 1, 2, and 3, below).  If all files are consistent (for example, using the HapMap allele naming conventions), the strand of the alleles is left alone. As long as both allele columns are given for each input file, METAL appropriately accounts for situations when different input files use different reference alleles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P-values of 0 or any other non-numeric value are assumed to be missing.  Missing values are tolerated and a meta-analysis p-value will include results from any input file with non-missing values, even if only one input file has a p-value for this marker (see MINWEIGHT below for exclusion of markers with a small combined N).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EFFECT column can have positive and negative values (beta values from regression, for example), or simply directions of effect relative to the reference allele, listed as “+” and “-“.  An EFFECT of “+” (or any positive number) with respect to the reference allele A (or effect allele A), for example, represents a case where increasing number of copies of allele A are correlated with increasing trait values.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To perform odds-ratio based meta-analysis, select SCHEME STDERR at the beginning of the script.  Then, for each file, provide the natural log of the odds ratio as the EFFECT column;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT logOddsRatioColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or, METAL can compute the log of the odds ratio for you;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT log(OddsRatioColumnHeading)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The weight for each MARKER can be assigned using a column;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHTLABEL SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT	SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or the default weight for the entire file can be specified with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g., if you have a sample size of 2000 for all markers in an input file&lt;br /&gt;
DEFAULTWEIGHT	2000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default delimiter in METAL is WHITESPACE (comma or tab is considered a delimiter) but can be changed to comma, tab or space.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR		commas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Custom-designed filters can be used to select SNPs for inclusion in the meta-analysis.  This can be used to select SNPs above or below a certain value (&amp;gt; or &amp;lt; ) from any column in the table, which can be useful for including SNPs with a minor allele frequency above a certain threshold.&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER N &amp;gt; 1000&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE MAF&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL MAF as MAF&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER MAF &amp;gt; 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove filters so that they no longer apply to files processed later, use;&lt;br /&gt;
REMOVEFILTERS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the appropriate WEIGHT, MARKER, PVALUE and EFFECT labels are defined, with or without optional parameters to set the FREQLABEL, DELIMITER, STRAND, FILTER and LABEL commands, load an input file;&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS	firstinputfile_bmi.txt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL does not require that all input files have a p-value result to calculate a meta-analysis p-value.  Any available data is used.  To restrict the output to only markers that have at least a specific weight (number of individuals), then use;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
For example to restrict the output to show only Markers with at least 10,000 individuals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all input files have had their column names defined and been loaded, then define your output filename (optional) and analyze!&lt;br /&gt;
OUTPUTFILE	myoutputfilename&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL can also evaluate the evidence for heterogeneity.  When you do this, METAL will do a second pass of analysis to decide whether observed effect sizes (or test statistics) are homogeneous across samples.  This will result in a test statistic (with n-1) degrees of freedom for n samples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 1; Strand flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Output ||  ||  || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 2; Reference allele flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; ALLELES EFFECT ALLELES Analyzed EFFECT Analyzed Input file 1 C/A - a/c + Input file 2 C/A - a/c + Input file 3 A/C + a/c + Output a/c + &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2; Strand flips, numeric flips, and reference allele flips required ALLELES EFFECT ALLELES Analyzed EFFECT Analyzed Input file 1 G/T - a/c + Input file 2 2/1 - a/c + Input file 3 A/C + a/c + Output a/c + &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; Example text file to run metal; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#THIS FILE EXECUTES AN ANALYSIS OF ALL AVAILABLE INFORMATION&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mkdir output-metal &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
metal &amp;amp;lt;&amp;amp;lt; EOT &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#loading in the first half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP ALLELE REF_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PVALUE PVALUE PROCESS inputfile1.txt PROCESS inputfiles2.txt PVALUE pvalue ALLELE A_REF OTHER_ALLELE MARKER SNP EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PROCESS inputfile3.txt MARKER MARKERNAME ALLELE EFFECTALLELE NON_EFFECT_ALLELE EFFECT EFFECT1 WEIGHT NONMISS PVALUE PVALUE PROCESS inputfile4.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#meta-analysis can be performed at any stage &lt;br /&gt;
#and will include inputfiles 1-4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1to4_ .tbl ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#load the second half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER rsid ALLELE EFFECT_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE EFFECT BETA WEIGHT total_N PVALUE Add_p SEPARATOR COMMAS PROCESS inputfile5.txt PROCESS inputfile6.txt ALLELE ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE MARKER SNP EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PVALUE PVALUE SEPARATOR WHITESPACE PROCESS inputfile7.txt ALLELE BETA_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE PVALUE P_VAL MARKER SNP EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PROCESS inputfile8.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#for the final meta-analysis of all 8 samples &lt;br /&gt;
#only output results if the combined weight &lt;br /&gt;
#is greater than 10000 people&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1-8_ .tbl MINWEIGHT 10000 ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QUIT EOT&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=312</id>
		<title>METAL Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=312"/>
		<updated>2010-02-03T02:01:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: /* ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==METAL==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Goncalo Abecasis, Yun Li and Cristen Willer, 2007&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is a tool for performing meta-analysis of p-values from two or more individual studies.  Metal creates a single summary p-value from studies which could not be analyzed together because of differences in ethnicity, phenotype distribution, gender, inability to share individual-level data, or any other reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each marker, an arbitrary reference allele is selected and a z-statistic characterizing the evidence for association is used as input. The z-statistic summarizes the magnitude and the direction of effect relative to the reference allele.  An overall z-statistic and p-value are then calculated from the weighted average of the individual statistics.  Weights are proportional to the square-root of the number of individuals examined in each sample and selected such that the squared weights sum to 1.0. If a sample contains related individuals, a smaller ‘effective’ population size may be used, but simulations suggest that modest changes in the effective sample size have very little impact on the final p-value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Usage instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is invoked with the command ‘metal’ and allows for analysis to be performed interactively.  A convenient alternative is to save all commands into a single text file which can be provided as input.  An example is at the bottom of this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for a variety of tabular formats in the input files, but the following information must be provided for each marker in each file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of useful commands related to the analysis that are typically set early in the analysis.  For example, the user can choose to weight studies in the meta-analysis using the inverse of the standard error, or the square root of the sample size.  These are proportionate.  Users should be cautious when weighting based on standard error that the beta and standard error are in the same units for all studies (i.e. same trait and same transformation applied to the trait).  The default weighting scheme is SAMPLESIZE.&lt;br /&gt;
SCHEME STDERR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL has an option to perform genomic control correction to all input files.  METAL will estimate the inflation of the test statistic by comparing the median test statistic to that expected by chance, and then apply the genomic control correction to the p-values (for SAMPLESIZE weighted meta-analysis), or the standard error (for STDERR weighted meta-analysis).  This should only be applied to files with whole genome data (i.e. should not be used for cohorts that only performed genotyping of replication SNPs).  Genomic control can be turned off and on for different input files.  We recommend applying genomic control correction to all input files, and also to the final output by loading the initial results file into METAL to perform genomic control correction on the final results.&lt;br /&gt;
GENOMICCONTROL ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL will optionally keep track of the effect allele frequency across all files and provide the mean, minimum and maximum.  This can be quite useful to determine whether the frequencies are similar across different cohorts after METAL performs all strand alignment.  METAL requires all input files to have an allele frequency column when this feature is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
AVERAGEFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
MINMAXFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, for each individual file, the following command will be used;&lt;br /&gt;
FREQLABEL EffectAlleleFrequencyColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow users to keep cumulative counts of custom variables across input files.  An example of this might be to keep track of the sample size when performing standard-error weighted meta-analysis.  The name of the custom variable should be defined once, before input files are loaded.  The name of the heading in each file can be specified using the command LABEL for each file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE TotalSampleSize&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual input file;&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL TotalSampleSize as N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow flexible input formats, including a method for providing SNPs on different strands.  Input files can contain a column which can indicate which strand the alleles are coded on (given as +/-).  This feature can be turned on and off for different files in the same analysis.  If USESTRAND is off, the strand is assumed to be “+” for all SNPs, although obvious strand problems for unambiguous SNPs are identified by METAL and appropriately handled (i.e. one study provides A/G alleles and a different study provides C/T alleles)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
USESTRAND ON&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual file;&lt;br /&gt;
STRAND StrandColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for complete output of individual summary statistics for all SNPs in all input files.  This can create a very large file and should be used with caution.  Users should create custom variables to restrict analyses to significant SNPs or specific SNPs of interest before using this option.  However, this option can be useful for comparing direction of effect across many studies since METAL takes care of all the strand flipping and provides the direction of effect relative to the same allele.  This is also a way to double-check that the expected data are being used appropriately by METAL.&lt;br /&gt;
VERBOSE ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another option allows METAL to check the appropriate number of columns exist for each input file, or allows METAL to ignore situations when there are not enough columns.  The default is STRICT column counting.&lt;br /&gt;
COLUMNCOUNTING LENIENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mandatory input for each input file;&lt;br /&gt;
* Marker name&lt;br /&gt;
* Reference allele (also known as the ‘effect allele’) and the non-reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
* P-value&lt;br /&gt;
* Weight (sample size or standard error)&lt;br /&gt;
* Direction of effect relative to reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tables must have column headers that specify where the mandatory input can be found.  The default name for the Marker column is ‘MARKER’, but can be changed to match the relevant input file column with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER 	SNP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the reference allele column, P-value column and effect column can be changed to match the input file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE	RefAlleleColumnHeading	NonRefAlleleColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE	PvalueColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT	EffectColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We strongly recommend that both allele labels, corresponding to the the effect allele and non-effect allele, respectively, are given for all SNPs.  Alleles can be numeric (1,2,3,4) or alphabetical (A,C,G,T,a,c,g,t) and can be on either strand if not an A/T or C/G SNP.  For A/T or C/G SNPs, METAL requires SNPs to be on a consistent strand in different input files for the results to be interpretable.  For A/C, A/G, C/T, and G/T SNPs, METAL will flip the strand the alleles are on if not consistent between input files and METAL will output results with respect to the lowest numeric reference allele (see Examples 1, 2, and 3, below).  If all files are consistent (for example, using the HapMap allele naming conventions), the strand of the alleles is left alone. As long as both allele columns are given for each input file, METAL appropriately accounts for situations when different input files use different reference alleles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P-values of 0 or any other non-numeric value are assumed to be missing.  Missing values are tolerated and a meta-analysis p-value will include results from any input file with non-missing values, even if only one input file has a p-value for this marker (see MINWEIGHT below for exclusion of markers with a small combined N).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EFFECT column can have positive and negative values (beta values from regression, for example), or simply directions of effect relative to the reference allele, listed as “+” and “-“.  An EFFECT of “+” (or any positive number) with respect to the reference allele A (or effect allele A), for example, represents a case where increasing number of copies of allele A are correlated with increasing trait values.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To perform odds-ratio based meta-analysis, select SCHEME STDERR at the beginning of the script.  Then, for each file, provide the natural log of the odds ratio as the EFFECT column;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT logOddsRatioColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or, METAL can compute the log of the odds ratio for you;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT log(OddsRatioColumnHeading)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The weight for each MARKER can be assigned using a column;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHTLABEL SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT	SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or the default weight for the entire file can be specified with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g., if you have a sample size of 2000 for all markers in an input file&lt;br /&gt;
DEFAULTWEIGHT	2000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default delimiter in METAL is WHITESPACE (comma or tab is considered a delimiter) but can be changed to comma, tab or space.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR		commas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Custom-designed filters can be used to select SNPs for inclusion in the meta-analysis.  This can be used to select SNPs above or below a certain value (&amp;gt; or &amp;lt; ) from any column in the table, which can be useful for including SNPs with a minor allele frequency above a certain threshold.&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER N &amp;gt; 1000&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE MAF&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL MAF as MAF&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER MAF &amp;gt; 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove filters so that they no longer apply to files processed later, use;&lt;br /&gt;
REMOVEFILTERS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the appropriate WEIGHT, MARKER, PVALUE and EFFECT labels are defined, with or without optional parameters to set the FREQLABEL, DELIMITER, STRAND, FILTER and LABEL commands, load an input file;&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS	firstinputfile_bmi.txt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL does not require that all input files have a p-value result to calculate a meta-analysis p-value.  Any available data is used.  To restrict the output to only markers that have at least a specific weight (number of individuals), then use;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
For example to restrict the output to show only Markers with at least 10,000 individuals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all input files have had their column names defined and been loaded, then define your output filename (optional) and analyze!&lt;br /&gt;
OUTPUTFILE	myoutputfilename&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL can also evaluate the evidence for heterogeneity.  When you do this, METAL will do a second pass of analysis to decide whether observed effect sizes (or test statistics) are homogeneous across samples.  This will result in a test statistic (with n-1) degrees of freedom for n samples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 1; Strand flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT &lt;br /&gt;
! ALLELES Analyzed &lt;br /&gt;
! EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 1 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 2 || T/G || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Input file 3 || A/C || + || a/c || + &lt;br /&gt;
| Output ||  ||  || a/c || +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 2; Reference allele flips required&#039;&#039;&#039; ALLELES EFFECT ALLELES Analyzed EFFECT Analyzed Input file 1 C/A - a/c + Input file 2 C/A - a/c + Input file 3 A/C + a/c + Output a/c + &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2; Strand flips, numeric flips, and reference allele flips required ALLELES EFFECT ALLELES Analyzed EFFECT Analyzed Input file 1 G/T - a/c + Input file 2 2/1 - a/c + Input file 3 A/C + a/c + Output a/c + &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; Example text file to run metal; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#THIS FILE EXECUTES AN ANALYSIS OF ALL AVAILABLE INFORMATION&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mkdir output-metal &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
metal &amp;amp;lt;&amp;amp;lt; EOT &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#loading in the first half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER SNP ALLELE REF_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PVALUE PVALUE PROCESS inputfile1.txt PROCESS inputfiles2.txt PVALUE pvalue ALLELE A_REF OTHER_ALLELE MARKER SNP EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PROCESS inputfile3.txt MARKER MARKERNAME ALLELE EFFECTALLELE NON_EFFECT_ALLELE EFFECT EFFECT1 WEIGHT NONMISS PVALUE PVALUE PROCESS inputfile4.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#meta-analysis can be performed at any stage &lt;br /&gt;
#and will include inputfiles 1-4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1to4_ .tbl ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#load the second half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER rsid ALLELE EFFECT_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE EFFECT BETA WEIGHT total_N PVALUE Add_p SEPARATOR COMMAS PROCESS inputfile5.txt PROCESS inputfile6.txt ALLELE ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE MARKER SNP EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PVALUE PVALUE SEPARATOR WHITESPACE PROCESS inputfile7.txt ALLELE BETA_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE PVALUE P_VAL MARKER SNP EFFECT BETA WEIGHT N PROCESS inputfile8.txt &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#for the final meta-analysis of all 8 samples &lt;br /&gt;
#only output results if the combined weight &lt;br /&gt;
#is greater than 10000 people&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1-8_ .tbl MINWEIGHT 10000 ANALYZE &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QUIT EOT&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=311</id>
		<title>METAL Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=311"/>
		<updated>2010-02-02T20:47:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: /* ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==METAL==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Goncalo Abecasis, Yun Li and Cristen Willer, 2007&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is a tool for performing meta-analysis of p-values from two or more individual studies.  Metal creates a single summary p-value from studies which could not be analyzed together because of differences in ethnicity, phenotype distribution, gender, inability to share individual-level data, or any other reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each marker, an arbitrary reference allele is selected and a z-statistic characterizing the evidence for association is used as input. The z-statistic summarizes the magnitude and the direction of effect relative to the reference allele.  An overall z-statistic and p-value are then calculated from the weighted average of the individual statistics.  Weights are proportional to the square-root of the number of individuals examined in each sample and selected such that the squared weights sum to 1.0. If a sample contains related individuals, a smaller ‘effective’ population size may be used, but simulations suggest that modest changes in the effective sample size have very little impact on the final p-value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Usage instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is invoked with the command ‘metal’ and allows for analysis to be performed interactively.  A convenient alternative is to save all commands into a single text file which can be provided as input.  An example is at the bottom of this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for a variety of tabular formats in the input files, but the following information must be provided for each marker in each file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of useful commands related to the analysis that are typically set early in the analysis.  For example, the user can choose to weight studies in the meta-analysis using the inverse of the standard error, or the square root of the sample size.  These are proportionate.  Users should be cautious when weighting based on standard error that the beta and standard error are in the same units for all studies (i.e. same trait and same transformation applied to the trait).  The default weighting scheme is SAMPLESIZE.&lt;br /&gt;
SCHEME STDERR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL has an option to perform genomic control correction to all input files.  METAL will estimate the inflation of the test statistic by comparing the median test statistic to that expected by chance, and then apply the genomic control correction to the p-values (for SAMPLESIZE weighted meta-analysis), or the standard error (for STDERR weighted meta-analysis).  This should only be applied to files with whole genome data (i.e. should not be used for cohorts that only performed genotyping of replication SNPs).  Genomic control can be turned off and on for different input files.  We recommend applying genomic control correction to all input files, and also to the final output by loading the initial results file into METAL to perform genomic control correction on the final results.&lt;br /&gt;
GENOMICCONTROL ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL will optionally keep track of the effect allele frequency across all files and provide the mean, minimum and maximum.  This can be quite useful to determine whether the frequencies are similar across different cohorts after METAL performs all strand alignment.  METAL requires all input files to have an allele frequency column when this feature is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
AVERAGEFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
MINMAXFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, for each individual file, the following command will be used;&lt;br /&gt;
FREQLABEL EffectAlleleFrequencyColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow users to keep cumulative counts of custom variables across input files.  An example of this might be to keep track of the sample size when performing standard-error weighted meta-analysis.  The name of the custom variable should be defined once, before input files are loaded.  The name of the heading in each file can be specified using the command LABEL for each file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE TotalSampleSize&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual input file;&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL TotalSampleSize as N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow flexible input formats, including a method for providing SNPs on different strands.  Input files can contain a column which can indicate which strand the alleles are coded on (given as +/-).  This feature can be turned on and off for different files in the same analysis.  If USESTRAND is off, the strand is assumed to be “+” for all SNPs, although obvious strand problems for unambiguous SNPs are identified by METAL and appropriately handled (i.e. one study provides A/G alleles and a different study provides C/T alleles)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
USESTRAND ON&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual file;&lt;br /&gt;
STRAND StrandColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for complete output of individual summary statistics for all SNPs in all input files.  This can create a very large file and should be used with caution.  Users should create custom variables to restrict analyses to significant SNPs or specific SNPs of interest before using this option.  However, this option can be useful for comparing direction of effect across many studies since METAL takes care of all the strand flipping and provides the direction of effect relative to the same allele.  This is also a way to double-check that the expected data are being used appropriately by METAL.&lt;br /&gt;
VERBOSE ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another option allows METAL to check the appropriate number of columns exist for each input file, or allows METAL to ignore situations when there are not enough columns.  The default is STRICT column counting.&lt;br /&gt;
COLUMNCOUNTING LENIENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mandatory input for each input file;&lt;br /&gt;
* Marker name&lt;br /&gt;
* Reference allele (also known as the ‘effect allele’) and the non-reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
* P-value&lt;br /&gt;
* Weight (sample size or standard error)&lt;br /&gt;
* Direction of effect relative to reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tables must have column headers that specify where the mandatory input can be found.  The default name for the Marker column is ‘MARKER’, but can be changed to match the relevant input file column with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER 	SNP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the reference allele column, P-value column and effect column can be changed to match the input file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE	RefAlleleColumnHeading	NonRefAlleleColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE	PvalueColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT	EffectColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We strongly recommend that both allele labels, corresponding to the the effect allele and non-effect allele, respectively, are given for all SNPs.  Alleles can be numeric (1,2,3,4) or alphabetical (A,C,G,T,a,c,g,t) and can be on either strand if not an A/T or C/G SNP.  For A/T or C/G SNPs, METAL requires SNPs to be on a consistent strand in different input files for the results to be interpretable.  For A/C, A/G, C/T, and G/T SNPs, METAL will flip the strand the alleles are on if not consistent between input files and METAL will output results with respect to the lowest numeric reference allele (see Examples 1, 2, and 3, below).  If all files are consistent (for example, using the HapMap allele naming conventions), the strand of the alleles is left alone. As long as both allele columns are given for each input file, METAL appropriately accounts for situations when different input files use different reference alleles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P-values of 0 or any other non-numeric value are assumed to be missing.  Missing values are tolerated and a meta-analysis p-value will include results from any input file with non-missing values, even if only one input file has a p-value for this marker (see MINWEIGHT below for exclusion of markers with a small combined N).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EFFECT column can have positive and negative values (beta values from regression, for example), or simply directions of effect relative to the reference allele, listed as “+” and “-“.  An EFFECT of “+” (or any positive number) with respect to the reference allele A (or effect allele A), for example, represents a case where increasing number of copies of allele A are correlated with increasing trait values.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To perform odds-ratio based meta-analysis, select SCHEME STDERR at the beginning of the script.  Then, for each file, provide the natural log of the odds ratio as the EFFECT column;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT logOddsRatioColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or, METAL can compute the log of the odds ratio for you;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT log(OddsRatioColumnHeading)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The weight for each MARKER can be assigned using a column;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHTLABEL SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT	SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or the default weight for the entire file can be specified with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g., if you have a sample size of 2000 for all markers in an input file&lt;br /&gt;
DEFAULTWEIGHT	2000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default delimiter in METAL is WHITESPACE (comma or tab is considered a delimiter) but can be changed to comma, tab or space.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR		commas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Custom-designed filters can be used to select SNPs for inclusion in the meta-analysis.  This can be used to select SNPs above or below a certain value (&amp;gt; or &amp;lt; ) from any column in the table, which can be useful for including SNPs with a minor allele frequency above a certain threshold.&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER N &amp;gt; 1000&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE MAF&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL MAF as MAF&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER MAF &amp;gt; 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove filters so that they no longer apply to files processed later, use;&lt;br /&gt;
REMOVEFILTERS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the appropriate WEIGHT, MARKER, PVALUE and EFFECT labels are defined, with or without optional parameters to set the FREQLABEL, DELIMITER, STRAND, FILTER and LABEL commands, load an input file;&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS	firstinputfile_bmi.txt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL does not require that all input files have a p-value result to calculate a meta-analysis p-value.  Any available data is used.  To restrict the output to only markers that have at least a specific weight (number of individuals), then use;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
For example to restrict the output to show only Markers with at least 10,000 individuals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all input files have had their column names defined and been loaded, then define your output filename (optional) and analyze!&lt;br /&gt;
OUTPUTFILE	myoutputfilename&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL can also evaluate the evidence for heterogeneity.  When you do this, METAL will do a second pass of analysis to decide whether observed effect sizes (or test statistics) are homogeneous across samples.  This will result in a test statistic (with n-1) degrees of freedom for n samples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 1; Strand flips required&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!ALLELES&lt;br /&gt;
!EFFECT&lt;br /&gt;
!ALLELES Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
!EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Input file 1, T/G, +, a/c, +&lt;br /&gt;
|Input file 2, T/G, +, a/c, +&lt;br /&gt;
|Input file 3, A/C, +, a/c, +&lt;br /&gt;
|Output, , , a/c, +&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 2; Reference allele flips required&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	ALLELES	EFFECT	ALLELES Analyzed	EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 1	C/A	-	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 2	C/A	-	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 3	A/C	+	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Output			a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2; Strand flips, numeric flips, and reference allele flips required&lt;br /&gt;
	ALLELES	EFFECT	ALLELES Analyzed	EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 1	G/T	-	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 2	2/1	-	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 3	A/C	+	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Output			a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Example text file to run metal;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# THIS FILE EXECUTES AN ANALYSIS OF ALL AVAILABLE INFORMATION&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mkdir output-metal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
metal &amp;lt;&amp;lt; EOT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# loading in the first half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  SNP&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  REF_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile1.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfiles2.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  pvalue&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  A_REF OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  N&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile3.txt&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  MARKERNAME&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  EFFECTALLELE NON_EFFECT_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  EFFECT1&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  NONMISS&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile4.txt&lt;br /&gt;
# meta-analysis can be performed at any stage&lt;br /&gt;
# and will include inputfiles 1-4&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1to4_ .tbl&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# load the second half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  rsid&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  EFFECT_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  total_N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  Add_p&lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR  COMMAS&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile5.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile6.txt&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR WHITESPACE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile7.txt&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  BETA_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  P_VAL&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  N&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile8.txt&lt;br /&gt;
# for the final meta-analysis of all 8 samples&lt;br /&gt;
# only output results if the combined weight&lt;br /&gt;
# is greater than 10000 people &lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1-8_ .tbl&lt;br /&gt;
MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QUIT&lt;br /&gt;
EOT&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=310</id>
		<title>METAL Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=310"/>
		<updated>2010-02-02T20:12:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: /* ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==METAL==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Goncalo Abecasis, Yun Li and Cristen Willer, 2007&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is a tool for performing meta-analysis of p-values from two or more individual studies.  Metal creates a single summary p-value from studies which could not be analyzed together because of differences in ethnicity, phenotype distribution, gender, inability to share individual-level data, or any other reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each marker, an arbitrary reference allele is selected and a z-statistic characterizing the evidence for association is used as input. The z-statistic summarizes the magnitude and the direction of effect relative to the reference allele.  An overall z-statistic and p-value are then calculated from the weighted average of the individual statistics.  Weights are proportional to the square-root of the number of individuals examined in each sample and selected such that the squared weights sum to 1.0. If a sample contains related individuals, a smaller ‘effective’ population size may be used, but simulations suggest that modest changes in the effective sample size have very little impact on the final p-value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Usage instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is invoked with the command ‘metal’ and allows for analysis to be performed interactively.  A convenient alternative is to save all commands into a single text file which can be provided as input.  An example is at the bottom of this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for a variety of tabular formats in the input files, but the following information must be provided for each marker in each file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of useful commands related to the analysis that are typically set early in the analysis.  For example, the user can choose to weight studies in the meta-analysis using the inverse of the standard error, or the square root of the sample size.  These are proportionate.  Users should be cautious when weighting based on standard error that the beta and standard error are in the same units for all studies (i.e. same trait and same transformation applied to the trait).  The default weighting scheme is SAMPLESIZE.&lt;br /&gt;
SCHEME STDERR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL has an option to perform genomic control correction to all input files.  METAL will estimate the inflation of the test statistic by comparing the median test statistic to that expected by chance, and then apply the genomic control correction to the p-values (for SAMPLESIZE weighted meta-analysis), or the standard error (for STDERR weighted meta-analysis).  This should only be applied to files with whole genome data (i.e. should not be used for cohorts that only performed genotyping of replication SNPs).  Genomic control can be turned off and on for different input files.  We recommend applying genomic control correction to all input files, and also to the final output by loading the initial results file into METAL to perform genomic control correction on the final results.&lt;br /&gt;
GENOMICCONTROL ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL will optionally keep track of the effect allele frequency across all files and provide the mean, minimum and maximum.  This can be quite useful to determine whether the frequencies are similar across different cohorts after METAL performs all strand alignment.  METAL requires all input files to have an allele frequency column when this feature is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
AVERAGEFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
MINMAXFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, for each individual file, the following command will be used;&lt;br /&gt;
FREQLABEL EffectAlleleFrequencyColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow users to keep cumulative counts of custom variables across input files.  An example of this might be to keep track of the sample size when performing standard-error weighted meta-analysis.  The name of the custom variable should be defined once, before input files are loaded.  The name of the heading in each file can be specified using the command LABEL for each file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE TotalSampleSize&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual input file;&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL TotalSampleSize as N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow flexible input formats, including a method for providing SNPs on different strands.  Input files can contain a column which can indicate which strand the alleles are coded on (given as +/-).  This feature can be turned on and off for different files in the same analysis.  If USESTRAND is off, the strand is assumed to be “+” for all SNPs, although obvious strand problems for unambiguous SNPs are identified by METAL and appropriately handled (i.e. one study provides A/G alleles and a different study provides C/T alleles)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
USESTRAND ON&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual file;&lt;br /&gt;
STRAND StrandColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for complete output of individual summary statistics for all SNPs in all input files.  This can create a very large file and should be used with caution.  Users should create custom variables to restrict analyses to significant SNPs or specific SNPs of interest before using this option.  However, this option can be useful for comparing direction of effect across many studies since METAL takes care of all the strand flipping and provides the direction of effect relative to the same allele.  This is also a way to double-check that the expected data are being used appropriately by METAL.&lt;br /&gt;
VERBOSE ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another option allows METAL to check the appropriate number of columns exist for each input file, or allows METAL to ignore situations when there are not enough columns.  The default is STRICT column counting.&lt;br /&gt;
COLUMNCOUNTING LENIENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mandatory input for each input file;&lt;br /&gt;
* Marker name&lt;br /&gt;
* Reference allele (also known as the ‘effect allele’) and the non-reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
* P-value&lt;br /&gt;
* Weight (sample size or standard error)&lt;br /&gt;
* Direction of effect relative to reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tables must have column headers that specify where the mandatory input can be found.  The default name for the Marker column is ‘MARKER’, but can be changed to match the relevant input file column with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER 	SNP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the reference allele column, P-value column and effect column can be changed to match the input file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE	RefAlleleColumnHeading	NonRefAlleleColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE	PvalueColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT	EffectColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We strongly recommend that both allele labels, corresponding to the the effect allele and non-effect allele, respectively, are given for all SNPs.  Alleles can be numeric (1,2,3,4) or alphabetical (A,C,G,T,a,c,g,t) and can be on either strand if not an A/T or C/G SNP.  For A/T or C/G SNPs, METAL requires SNPs to be on a consistent strand in different input files for the results to be interpretable.  For A/C, A/G, C/T, and G/T SNPs, METAL will flip the strand the alleles are on if not consistent between input files and METAL will output results with respect to the lowest numeric reference allele (see Examples 1, 2, and 3, below).  If all files are consistent (for example, using the HapMap allele naming conventions), the strand of the alleles is left alone. As long as both allele columns are given for each input file, METAL appropriately accounts for situations when different input files use different reference alleles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P-values of 0 or any other non-numeric value are assumed to be missing.  Missing values are tolerated and a meta-analysis p-value will include results from any input file with non-missing values, even if only one input file has a p-value for this marker (see MINWEIGHT below for exclusion of markers with a small combined N).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EFFECT column can have positive and negative values (beta values from regression, for example), or simply directions of effect relative to the reference allele, listed as “+” and “-“.  An EFFECT of “+” (or any positive number) with respect to the reference allele A (or effect allele A), for example, represents a case where increasing number of copies of allele A are correlated with increasing trait values.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To perform odds-ratio based meta-analysis, select SCHEME STDERR at the beginning of the script.  Then, for each file, provide the natural log of the odds ratio as the EFFECT column;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT logOddsRatioColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or, METAL can compute the log of the odds ratio for you;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT log(OddsRatioColumnHeading)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The weight for each MARKER can be assigned using a column;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHTLABEL SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT	SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or the default weight for the entire file can be specified with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g., if you have a sample size of 2000 for all markers in an input file&lt;br /&gt;
DEFAULTWEIGHT	2000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default delimiter in METAL is WHITESPACE (comma or tab is considered a delimiter) but can be changed to comma, tab or space.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR		commas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Custom-designed filters can be used to select SNPs for inclusion in the meta-analysis.  This can be used to select SNPs above or below a certain value (&amp;gt; or &amp;lt; ) from any column in the table, which can be useful for including SNPs with a minor allele frequency above a certain threshold.&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER N &amp;gt; 1000&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE MAF&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL MAF as MAF&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER MAF &amp;gt; 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove filters so that they no longer apply to files processed later, use;&lt;br /&gt;
REMOVEFILTERS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the appropriate WEIGHT, MARKER, PVALUE and EFFECT labels are defined, with or without optional parameters to set the FREQLABEL, DELIMITER, STRAND, FILTER and LABEL commands, load an input file;&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS	firstinputfile_bmi.txt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL does not require that all input files have a p-value result to calculate a meta-analysis p-value.  Any available data is used.  To restrict the output to only markers that have at least a specific weight (number of individuals), then use;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
For example to restrict the output to show only Markers with at least 10,000 individuals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all input files have had their column names defined and been loaded, then define your output filename (optional) and analyze!&lt;br /&gt;
OUTPUTFILE	myoutputfilename&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL can also evaluate the evidence for heterogeneity.  When you do this, METAL will do a second pass of analysis to decide whether observed effect sizes (or test statistics) are homogeneous across samples.  This will result in a test statistic (with n-1) degrees of freedom for n samples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 1; Strand flips required&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
!ALLELES&lt;br /&gt;
!EFFECT&lt;br /&gt;
!ALLELES Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
!EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Input file 1|T/G|+|a/c|+&lt;br /&gt;
|Input file 2|T/G|+|a/c|+&lt;br /&gt;
|Input file 3|A/C|+|a/c|+&lt;br /&gt;
|Output|||a/c|+&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example 2; Reference allele flips required&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
	ALLELES	EFFECT	ALLELES Analyzed	EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 1	C/A	-	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 2	C/A	-	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 3	A/C	+	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Output			a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2; Strand flips, numeric flips, and reference allele flips required&lt;br /&gt;
	ALLELES	EFFECT	ALLELES Analyzed	EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 1	G/T	-	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 2	2/1	-	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 3	A/C	+	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Output			a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Example text file to run metal;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# THIS FILE EXECUTES AN ANALYSIS OF ALL AVAILABLE INFORMATION&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mkdir output-metal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
metal &amp;lt;&amp;lt; EOT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# loading in the first half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  SNP&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  REF_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile1.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfiles2.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  pvalue&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  A_REF OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  N&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile3.txt&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  MARKERNAME&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  EFFECTALLELE NON_EFFECT_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  EFFECT1&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  NONMISS&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile4.txt&lt;br /&gt;
# meta-analysis can be performed at any stage&lt;br /&gt;
# and will include inputfiles 1-4&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1to4_ .tbl&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# load the second half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  rsid&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  EFFECT_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  total_N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  Add_p&lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR  COMMAS&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile5.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile6.txt&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR WHITESPACE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile7.txt&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  BETA_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  P_VAL&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  N&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile8.txt&lt;br /&gt;
# for the final meta-analysis of all 8 samples&lt;br /&gt;
# only output results if the combined weight&lt;br /&gt;
# is greater than 10000 people &lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1-8_ .tbl&lt;br /&gt;
MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QUIT&lt;br /&gt;
EOT&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=309</id>
		<title>METAL Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=309"/>
		<updated>2010-02-02T20:09:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: /* ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==METAL==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Goncalo Abecasis, Yun Li and Cristen Willer, 2007&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is a tool for performing meta-analysis of p-values from two or more individual studies.  Metal creates a single summary p-value from studies which could not be analyzed together because of differences in ethnicity, phenotype distribution, gender, inability to share individual-level data, or any other reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each marker, an arbitrary reference allele is selected and a z-statistic characterizing the evidence for association is used as input. The z-statistic summarizes the magnitude and the direction of effect relative to the reference allele.  An overall z-statistic and p-value are then calculated from the weighted average of the individual statistics.  Weights are proportional to the square-root of the number of individuals examined in each sample and selected such that the squared weights sum to 1.0. If a sample contains related individuals, a smaller ‘effective’ population size may be used, but simulations suggest that modest changes in the effective sample size have very little impact on the final p-value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Usage instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is invoked with the command ‘metal’ and allows for analysis to be performed interactively.  A convenient alternative is to save all commands into a single text file which can be provided as input.  An example is at the bottom of this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for a variety of tabular formats in the input files, but the following information must be provided for each marker in each file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of useful commands related to the analysis that are typically set early in the analysis.  For example, the user can choose to weight studies in the meta-analysis using the inverse of the standard error, or the square root of the sample size.  These are proportionate.  Users should be cautious when weighting based on standard error that the beta and standard error are in the same units for all studies (i.e. same trait and same transformation applied to the trait).  The default weighting scheme is SAMPLESIZE.&lt;br /&gt;
SCHEME STDERR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL has an option to perform genomic control correction to all input files.  METAL will estimate the inflation of the test statistic by comparing the median test statistic to that expected by chance, and then apply the genomic control correction to the p-values (for SAMPLESIZE weighted meta-analysis), or the standard error (for STDERR weighted meta-analysis).  This should only be applied to files with whole genome data (i.e. should not be used for cohorts that only performed genotyping of replication SNPs).  Genomic control can be turned off and on for different input files.  We recommend applying genomic control correction to all input files, and also to the final output by loading the initial results file into METAL to perform genomic control correction on the final results.&lt;br /&gt;
GENOMICCONTROL ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL will optionally keep track of the effect allele frequency across all files and provide the mean, minimum and maximum.  This can be quite useful to determine whether the frequencies are similar across different cohorts after METAL performs all strand alignment.  METAL requires all input files to have an allele frequency column when this feature is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
AVERAGEFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
MINMAXFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, for each individual file, the following command will be used;&lt;br /&gt;
FREQLABEL EffectAlleleFrequencyColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow users to keep cumulative counts of custom variables across input files.  An example of this might be to keep track of the sample size when performing standard-error weighted meta-analysis.  The name of the custom variable should be defined once, before input files are loaded.  The name of the heading in each file can be specified using the command LABEL for each file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE TotalSampleSize&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual input file;&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL TotalSampleSize as N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow flexible input formats, including a method for providing SNPs on different strands.  Input files can contain a column which can indicate which strand the alleles are coded on (given as +/-).  This feature can be turned on and off for different files in the same analysis.  If USESTRAND is off, the strand is assumed to be “+” for all SNPs, although obvious strand problems for unambiguous SNPs are identified by METAL and appropriately handled (i.e. one study provides A/G alleles and a different study provides C/T alleles)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
USESTRAND ON&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual file;&lt;br /&gt;
STRAND StrandColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for complete output of individual summary statistics for all SNPs in all input files.  This can create a very large file and should be used with caution.  Users should create custom variables to restrict analyses to significant SNPs or specific SNPs of interest before using this option.  However, this option can be useful for comparing direction of effect across many studies since METAL takes care of all the strand flipping and provides the direction of effect relative to the same allele.  This is also a way to double-check that the expected data are being used appropriately by METAL.&lt;br /&gt;
VERBOSE ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another option allows METAL to check the appropriate number of columns exist for each input file, or allows METAL to ignore situations when there are not enough columns.  The default is STRICT column counting.&lt;br /&gt;
COLUMNCOUNTING LENIENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mandatory input for each input file;&lt;br /&gt;
* Marker name&lt;br /&gt;
* Reference allele (also known as the ‘effect allele’) and the non-reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
* P-value&lt;br /&gt;
* Weight (sample size or standard error)&lt;br /&gt;
* Direction of effect relative to reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tables must have column headers that specify where the mandatory input can be found.  The default name for the Marker column is ‘MARKER’, but can be changed to match the relevant input file column with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER 	SNP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the reference allele column, P-value column and effect column can be changed to match the input file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE	RefAlleleColumnHeading	NonRefAlleleColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE	PvalueColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT	EffectColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We strongly recommend that both allele labels, corresponding to the the effect allele and non-effect allele, respectively, are given for all SNPs.  Alleles can be numeric (1,2,3,4) or alphabetical (A,C,G,T,a,c,g,t) and can be on either strand if not an A/T or C/G SNP.  For A/T or C/G SNPs, METAL requires SNPs to be on a consistent strand in different input files for the results to be interpretable.  For A/C, A/G, C/T, and G/T SNPs, METAL will flip the strand the alleles are on if not consistent between input files and METAL will output results with respect to the lowest numeric reference allele (see Examples 1, 2, and 3, below).  If all files are consistent (for example, using the HapMap allele naming conventions), the strand of the alleles is left alone. As long as both allele columns are given for each input file, METAL appropriately accounts for situations when different input files use different reference alleles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P-values of 0 or any other non-numeric value are assumed to be missing.  Missing values are tolerated and a meta-analysis p-value will include results from any input file with non-missing values, even if only one input file has a p-value for this marker (see MINWEIGHT below for exclusion of markers with a small combined N).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EFFECT column can have positive and negative values (beta values from regression, for example), or simply directions of effect relative to the reference allele, listed as “+” and “-“.  An EFFECT of “+” (or any positive number) with respect to the reference allele A (or effect allele A), for example, represents a case where increasing number of copies of allele A are correlated with increasing trait values.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To perform odds-ratio based meta-analysis, select SCHEME STDERR at the beginning of the script.  Then, for each file, provide the natural log of the odds ratio as the EFFECT column;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT logOddsRatioColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or, METAL can compute the log of the odds ratio for you;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT log(OddsRatioColumnHeading)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The weight for each MARKER can be assigned using a column;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHTLABEL SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT	SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or the default weight for the entire file can be specified with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g., if you have a sample size of 2000 for all markers in an input file&lt;br /&gt;
DEFAULTWEIGHT	2000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default delimiter in METAL is WHITESPACE (comma or tab is considered a delimiter) but can be changed to comma, tab or space.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR		commas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Custom-designed filters can be used to select SNPs for inclusion in the meta-analysis.  This can be used to select SNPs above or below a certain value (&amp;gt; or &amp;lt; ) from any column in the table, which can be useful for including SNPs with a minor allele frequency above a certain threshold.&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER N &amp;gt; 1000&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE MAF&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL MAF as MAF&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER MAF &amp;gt; 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove filters so that they no longer apply to files processed later, use;&lt;br /&gt;
REMOVEFILTERS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the appropriate WEIGHT, MARKER, PVALUE and EFFECT labels are defined, with or without optional parameters to set the FREQLABEL, DELIMITER, STRAND, FILTER and LABEL commands, load an input file;&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS	firstinputfile_bmi.txt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL does not require that all input files have a p-value result to calculate a meta-analysis p-value.  Any available data is used.  To restrict the output to only markers that have at least a specific weight (number of individuals), then use;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
For example to restrict the output to show only Markers with at least 10,000 individuals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all input files have had their column names defined and been loaded, then define your output filename (optional) and analyze!&lt;br /&gt;
OUTPUTFILE	myoutputfilename&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL can also evaluate the evidence for heterogeneity.  When you do this, METAL will do a second pass of analysis to decide whether observed effect sizes (or test statistics) are homogeneous across samples.  This will result in a test statistic (with n-1) degrees of freedom for n samples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1; Strand flips required&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
!ALLELES	EFFECT&lt;br /&gt;
!ALLELES Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
!EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
|Input file 1|T/G	+|a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
|Input file 2|T/G	+|a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
|Input file 3|A/C	+|a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
|Output||a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2; Reference allele flips required&lt;br /&gt;
	ALLELES	EFFECT	ALLELES Analyzed	EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 1	C/A	-	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 2	C/A	-	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 3	A/C	+	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Output			a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2; Strand flips, numeric flips, and reference allele flips required&lt;br /&gt;
	ALLELES	EFFECT	ALLELES Analyzed	EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 1	G/T	-	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 2	2/1	-	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 3	A/C	+	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Output			a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Example text file to run metal;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# THIS FILE EXECUTES AN ANALYSIS OF ALL AVAILABLE INFORMATION&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mkdir output-metal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
metal &amp;lt;&amp;lt; EOT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# loading in the first half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  SNP&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  REF_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile1.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfiles2.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  pvalue&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  A_REF OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  N&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile3.txt&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  MARKERNAME&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  EFFECTALLELE NON_EFFECT_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  EFFECT1&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  NONMISS&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile4.txt&lt;br /&gt;
# meta-analysis can be performed at any stage&lt;br /&gt;
# and will include inputfiles 1-4&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1to4_ .tbl&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# load the second half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  rsid&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  EFFECT_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  total_N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  Add_p&lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR  COMMAS&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile5.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile6.txt&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR WHITESPACE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile7.txt&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  BETA_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  P_VAL&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  N&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile8.txt&lt;br /&gt;
# for the final meta-analysis of all 8 samples&lt;br /&gt;
# only output results if the combined weight&lt;br /&gt;
# is greater than 10000 people &lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1-8_ .tbl&lt;br /&gt;
MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QUIT&lt;br /&gt;
EOT&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=308</id>
		<title>METAL Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=308"/>
		<updated>2010-02-02T20:03:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==METAL==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Goncalo Abecasis, Yun Li and Cristen Willer, 2007&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is a tool for performing meta-analysis of p-values from two or more individual studies.  Metal creates a single summary p-value from studies which could not be analyzed together because of differences in ethnicity, phenotype distribution, gender, inability to share individual-level data, or any other reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each marker, an arbitrary reference allele is selected and a z-statistic characterizing the evidence for association is used as input. The z-statistic summarizes the magnitude and the direction of effect relative to the reference allele.  An overall z-statistic and p-value are then calculated from the weighted average of the individual statistics.  Weights are proportional to the square-root of the number of individuals examined in each sample and selected such that the squared weights sum to 1.0. If a sample contains related individuals, a smaller ‘effective’ population size may be used, but simulations suggest that modest changes in the effective sample size have very little impact on the final p-value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Usage instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is invoked with the command ‘metal’ and allows for analysis to be performed interactively.  A convenient alternative is to save all commands into a single text file which can be provided as input.  An example is at the bottom of this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for a variety of tabular formats in the input files, but the following information must be provided for each marker in each file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of useful commands related to the analysis that are typically set early in the analysis.  For example, the user can choose to weight studies in the meta-analysis using the inverse of the standard error, or the square root of the sample size.  These are proportionate.  Users should be cautious when weighting based on standard error that the beta and standard error are in the same units for all studies (i.e. same trait and same transformation applied to the trait).  The default weighting scheme is SAMPLESIZE.&lt;br /&gt;
SCHEME STDERR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL has an option to perform genomic control correction to all input files.  METAL will estimate the inflation of the test statistic by comparing the median test statistic to that expected by chance, and then apply the genomic control correction to the p-values (for SAMPLESIZE weighted meta-analysis), or the standard error (for STDERR weighted meta-analysis).  This should only be applied to files with whole genome data (i.e. should not be used for cohorts that only performed genotyping of replication SNPs).  Genomic control can be turned off and on for different input files.  We recommend applying genomic control correction to all input files, and also to the final output by loading the initial results file into METAL to perform genomic control correction on the final results.&lt;br /&gt;
GENOMICCONTROL ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL will optionally keep track of the effect allele frequency across all files and provide the mean, minimum and maximum.  This can be quite useful to determine whether the frequencies are similar across different cohorts after METAL performs all strand alignment.  METAL requires all input files to have an allele frequency column when this feature is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
AVERAGEFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
MINMAXFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, for each individual file, the following command will be used;&lt;br /&gt;
FREQLABEL EffectAlleleFrequencyColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow users to keep cumulative counts of custom variables across input files.  An example of this might be to keep track of the sample size when performing standard-error weighted meta-analysis.  The name of the custom variable should be defined once, before input files are loaded.  The name of the heading in each file can be specified using the command LABEL for each file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE TotalSampleSize&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual input file;&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL TotalSampleSize as N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow flexible input formats, including a method for providing SNPs on different strands.  Input files can contain a column which can indicate which strand the alleles are coded on (given as +/-).  This feature can be turned on and off for different files in the same analysis.  If USESTRAND is off, the strand is assumed to be “+” for all SNPs, although obvious strand problems for unambiguous SNPs are identified by METAL and appropriately handled (i.e. one study provides A/G alleles and a different study provides C/T alleles)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
USESTRAND ON&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual file;&lt;br /&gt;
STRAND StrandColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for complete output of individual summary statistics for all SNPs in all input files.  This can create a very large file and should be used with caution.  Users should create custom variables to restrict analyses to significant SNPs or specific SNPs of interest before using this option.  However, this option can be useful for comparing direction of effect across many studies since METAL takes care of all the strand flipping and provides the direction of effect relative to the same allele.  This is also a way to double-check that the expected data are being used appropriately by METAL.&lt;br /&gt;
VERBOSE ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another option allows METAL to check the appropriate number of columns exist for each input file, or allows METAL to ignore situations when there are not enough columns.  The default is STRICT column counting.&lt;br /&gt;
COLUMNCOUNTING LENIENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mandatory input for each input file;&lt;br /&gt;
* Marker name&lt;br /&gt;
* Reference allele (also known as the ‘effect allele’) and the non-reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
* P-value&lt;br /&gt;
* Weight (sample size or standard error)&lt;br /&gt;
* Direction of effect relative to reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tables must have column headers that specify where the mandatory input can be found.  The default name for the Marker column is ‘MARKER’, but can be changed to match the relevant input file column with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER 	SNP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the reference allele column, P-value column and effect column can be changed to match the input file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE	RefAlleleColumnHeading	NonRefAlleleColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE	PvalueColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT	EffectColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We strongly recommend that both allele labels, corresponding to the the effect allele and non-effect allele, respectively, are given for all SNPs.  Alleles can be numeric (1,2,3,4) or alphabetical (A,C,G,T,a,c,g,t) and can be on either strand if not an A/T or C/G SNP.  For A/T or C/G SNPs, METAL requires SNPs to be on a consistent strand in different input files for the results to be interpretable.  For A/C, A/G, C/T, and G/T SNPs, METAL will flip the strand the alleles are on if not consistent between input files and METAL will output results with respect to the lowest numeric reference allele (see Examples 1, 2, and 3, below).  If all files are consistent (for example, using the HapMap allele naming conventions), the strand of the alleles is left alone. As long as both allele columns are given for each input file, METAL appropriately accounts for situations when different input files use different reference alleles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P-values of 0 or any other non-numeric value are assumed to be missing.  Missing values are tolerated and a meta-analysis p-value will include results from any input file with non-missing values, even if only one input file has a p-value for this marker (see MINWEIGHT below for exclusion of markers with a small combined N).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EFFECT column can have positive and negative values (beta values from regression, for example), or simply directions of effect relative to the reference allele, listed as “+” and “-“.  An EFFECT of “+” (or any positive number) with respect to the reference allele A (or effect allele A), for example, represents a case where increasing number of copies of allele A are correlated with increasing trait values.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To perform odds-ratio based meta-analysis, select SCHEME STDERR at the beginning of the script.  Then, for each file, provide the natural log of the odds ratio as the EFFECT column;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT logOddsRatioColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or, METAL can compute the log of the odds ratio for you;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT log(OddsRatioColumnHeading)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The weight for each MARKER can be assigned using a column;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHTLABEL SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT	SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or the default weight for the entire file can be specified with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g., if you have a sample size of 2000 for all markers in an input file&lt;br /&gt;
DEFAULTWEIGHT	2000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default delimiter in METAL is WHITESPACE (comma or tab is considered a delimiter) but can be changed to comma, tab or space.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR		commas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Custom-designed filters can be used to select SNPs for inclusion in the meta-analysis.  This can be used to select SNPs above or below a certain value (&amp;gt; or &amp;lt; ) from any column in the table, which can be useful for including SNPs with a minor allele frequency above a certain threshold.&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER N &amp;gt; 1000&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE MAF&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL MAF as MAF&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER MAF &amp;gt; 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove filters so that they no longer apply to files processed later, use;&lt;br /&gt;
REMOVEFILTERS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the appropriate WEIGHT, MARKER, PVALUE and EFFECT labels are defined, with or without optional parameters to set the FREQLABEL, DELIMITER, STRAND, FILTER and LABEL commands, load an input file;&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS	firstinputfile_bmi.txt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL does not require that all input files have a p-value result to calculate a meta-analysis p-value.  Any available data is used.  To restrict the output to only markers that have at least a specific weight (number of individuals), then use;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
For example to restrict the output to show only Markers with at least 10,000 individuals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all input files have had their column names defined and been loaded, then define your output filename (optional) and analyze!&lt;br /&gt;
OUTPUTFILE	myoutputfilename&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL can also evaluate the evidence for heterogeneity.  When you do this, METAL will do a second pass of analysis to decide whether observed effect sizes (or test statistics) are homogeneous across samples.  This will result in a test statistic (with n-1) degrees of freedom for n samples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1; Strand flips required&lt;br /&gt;
	ALLELES	EFFECT	ALLELES Analyzed	EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 1	T/G	+	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 2	T/G	+	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 3	A/C	+	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Output			a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2; Reference allele flips required&lt;br /&gt;
	ALLELES	EFFECT	ALLELES Analyzed	EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 1	C/A	-	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 2	C/A	-	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 3	A/C	+	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Output			a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2; Strand flips, numeric flips, and reference allele flips required&lt;br /&gt;
	ALLELES	EFFECT	ALLELES Analyzed	EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 1	G/T	-	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 2	2/1	-	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 3	A/C	+	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Output			a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Example text file to run metal;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# THIS FILE EXECUTES AN ANALYSIS OF ALL AVAILABLE INFORMATION&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mkdir output-metal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
metal &amp;lt;&amp;lt; EOT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# loading in the first half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  SNP&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  REF_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile1.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfiles2.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  pvalue&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  A_REF OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  N&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile3.txt&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  MARKERNAME&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  EFFECTALLELE NON_EFFECT_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  EFFECT1&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  NONMISS&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile4.txt&lt;br /&gt;
# meta-analysis can be performed at any stage&lt;br /&gt;
# and will include inputfiles 1-4&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1to4_ .tbl&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# load the second half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  rsid&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  EFFECT_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  total_N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  Add_p&lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR  COMMAS&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile5.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile6.txt&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR WHITESPACE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile7.txt&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  BETA_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  P_VAL&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  N&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile8.txt&lt;br /&gt;
# for the final meta-analysis of all 8 samples&lt;br /&gt;
# only output results if the combined weight&lt;br /&gt;
# is greater than 10000 people &lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1-8_ .tbl&lt;br /&gt;
MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QUIT&lt;br /&gt;
EOT&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=307</id>
		<title>METAL Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://genome.sph.umich.edu/w/index.php?title=METAL_Documentation&amp;diff=307"/>
		<updated>2010-02-02T20:01:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Dharknes: Created page with &amp;#039;==METAL== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Goncalo Abecasis, Yun Li and Cristen Willer, 2007&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  METAL is a tool for performing meta-analysis of p-values from two or more individual studies.  Metal creates a …&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==METAL==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Goncalo Abecasis, Yun Li and Cristen Willer, 2007&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is a tool for performing meta-analysis of p-values from two or more individual studies.  Metal creates a single summary p-value from studies which could not be analyzed together because of differences in ethnicity, phenotype distribution, gender, inability to share individual-level data, or any other reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each marker, an arbitrary reference allele is selected and a z-statistic characterizing the evidence for association is used as input. The z-statistic summarizes the magnitude and the direction of effect relative to the reference allele.  An overall z-statistic and p-value are then calculated from the weighted average of the individual statistics.  Weights are proportional to the square-root of the number of individuals examined in each sample and selected such that the squared weights sum to 1.0. If a sample contains related individuals, a smaller ‘effective’ population size may be used, but simulations suggest that modest changes in the effective sample size have very little impact on the final p-value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Usage instructions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL is invoked with the command ‘metal’ and allows for analysis to be performed interactively.  A convenient alternative is to save all commands into a single text file which can be provided as input.  An example is at the bottom of this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for a variety of tabular formats in the input files, but the following information must be provided for each marker in each file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a number of useful commands related to the analysis that are typically set early in the analysis.  For example, the user can choose to weight studies in the meta-analysis using the inverse of the standard error, or the square root of the sample size.  These are proportionate.  Users should be cautious when weighting based on standard error that the beta and standard error are in the same units for all studies (i.e. same trait and same transformation applied to the trait).  The default weighting scheme is SAMPLESIZE.&lt;br /&gt;
SCHEME STDERR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL has an option to perform genomic control correction to all input files.  METAL will estimate the inflation of the test statistic by comparing the median test statistic to that expected by chance, and then apply the genomic control correction to the p-values (for SAMPLESIZE weighted meta-analysis), or the standard error (for STDERR weighted meta-analysis).  This should only be applied to files with whole genome data (i.e. should not be used for cohorts that only performed genotyping of replication SNPs).  Genomic control can be turned off and on for different input files.  We recommend applying genomic control correction to all input files, and also to the final output by loading the initial results file into METAL to perform genomic control correction on the final results.&lt;br /&gt;
GENOMICCONTROL ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL will optionally keep track of the effect allele frequency across all files and provide the mean, minimum and maximum.  This can be quite useful to determine whether the frequencies are similar across different cohorts after METAL performs all strand alignment.  METAL requires all input files to have an allele frequency column when this feature is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;
AVERAGEFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
MINMAXFREQ ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, for each individual file, the following command will be used;&lt;br /&gt;
FREQLABEL EffectAlleleFrequencyColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow users to keep cumulative counts of custom variables across input files.  An example of this might be to keep track of the sample size when performing standard-error weighted meta-analysis.  The name of the custom variable should be defined once, before input files are loaded.  The name of the heading in each file can be specified using the command LABEL for each file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE TotalSampleSize&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual input file;&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL TotalSampleSize as N&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We allow flexible input formats, including a method for providing SNPs on different strands.  Input files can contain a column which can indicate which strand the alleles are coded on (given as +/-).  This feature can be turned on and off for different files in the same analysis.  If USESTRAND is off, the strand is assumed to be “+” for all SNPs, although obvious strand problems for unambiguous SNPs are identified by METAL and appropriately handled (i.e. one study provides A/G alleles and a different study provides C/T alleles)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
USESTRAND ON&lt;br /&gt;
For each individual file;&lt;br /&gt;
STRAND StrandColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL allows for complete output of individual summary statistics for all SNPs in all input files.  This can create a very large file and should be used with caution.  Users should create custom variables to restrict analyses to significant SNPs or specific SNPs of interest before using this option.  However, this option can be useful for comparing direction of effect across many studies since METAL takes care of all the strand flipping and provides the direction of effect relative to the same allele.  This is also a way to double-check that the expected data are being used appropriately by METAL.&lt;br /&gt;
VERBOSE ON&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another option allows METAL to check the appropriate number of columns exist for each input file, or allows METAL to ignore situations when there are not enough columns.  The default is STRICT column counting.&lt;br /&gt;
COLUMNCOUNTING LENIENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mandatory input for each input file;&lt;br /&gt;
•	Marker name&lt;br /&gt;
•	Reference allele (also known as the ‘effect allele’) and the non-reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
•	P-value&lt;br /&gt;
•	Weight (sample size or standard error)&lt;br /&gt;
•	Direction of effect relative to reference allele&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tables must have column headers that specify where the mandatory input can be found.  The default name for the Marker column is ‘MARKER’, but can be changed to match the relevant input file column with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER 	SNP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the reference allele column, P-value column and effect column can be changed to match the input file;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE	RefAlleleColumnHeading	NonRefAlleleColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE	PvalueColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT	EffectColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We strongly recommend that both allele labels, corresponding to the the effect allele and non-effect allele, respectively, are given for all SNPs.  Alleles can be numeric (1,2,3,4) or alphabetical (A,C,G,T,a,c,g,t) and can be on either strand if not an A/T or C/G SNP.  For A/T or C/G SNPs, METAL requires SNPs to be on a consistent strand in different input files for the results to be interpretable.  For A/C, A/G, C/T, and G/T SNPs, METAL will flip the strand the alleles are on if not consistent between input files and METAL will output results with respect to the lowest numeric reference allele (see Examples 1, 2, and 3, below).  If all files are consistent (for example, using the HapMap allele naming conventions), the strand of the alleles is left alone. As long as both allele columns are given for each input file, METAL appropriately accounts for situations when different input files use different reference alleles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P-values of 0 or any other non-numeric value are assumed to be missing.  Missing values are tolerated and a meta-analysis p-value will include results from any input file with non-missing values, even if only one input file has a p-value for this marker (see MINWEIGHT below for exclusion of markers with a small combined N).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EFFECT column can have positive and negative values (beta values from regression, for example), or simply directions of effect relative to the reference allele, listed as “+” and “-“.  An EFFECT of “+” (or any positive number) with respect to the reference allele A (or effect allele A), for example, represents a case where increasing number of copies of allele A are correlated with increasing trait values.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To perform odds-ratio based meta-analysis, select SCHEME STDERR at the beginning of the script.  Then, for each file, provide the natural log of the odds ratio as the EFFECT column;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT logOddsRatioColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or, METAL can compute the log of the odds ratio for you;&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT log(OddsRatioColumnHeading)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The weight for each MARKER can be assigned using a column;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHTLABEL SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or;&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT	SampleSizeColumnHeading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or the default weight for the entire file can be specified with the following command;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g., if you have a sample size of 2000 for all markers in an input file&lt;br /&gt;
DEFAULTWEIGHT	2000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default delimiter in METAL is WHITESPACE (comma or tab is considered a delimiter) but can be changed to comma, tab or space.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR		commas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Custom-designed filters can be used to select SNPs for inclusion in the meta-analysis.  This can be used to select SNPs above or below a certain value (&amp;gt; or &amp;lt; ) from any column in the table, which can be useful for including SNPs with a minor allele frequency above a certain threshold.&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER N &amp;gt; 1000&lt;br /&gt;
CUSTOMVARIABLE MAF&lt;br /&gt;
LABEL MAF as MAF&lt;br /&gt;
FILTER MAF &amp;gt; 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove filters so that they no longer apply to files processed later, use;&lt;br /&gt;
REMOVEFILTERS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the appropriate WEIGHT, MARKER, PVALUE and EFFECT labels are defined, with or without optional parameters to set the FREQLABEL, DELIMITER, STRAND, FILTER and LABEL commands, load an input file;&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS	firstinputfile_bmi.txt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL does not require that all input files have a p-value result to calculate a meta-analysis p-value.  Any available data is used.  To restrict the output to only markers that have at least a specific weight (number of individuals), then use;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;gt; MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
For example to restrict the output to show only Markers with at least 10,000 individuals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all input files have had their column names defined and been loaded, then define your output filename (optional) and analyze!&lt;br /&gt;
OUTPUTFILE	myoutputfilename&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
METAL can also evaluate the evidence for heterogeneity.  When you do this, METAL will do a second pass of analysis to decide whether observed effect sizes (or test statistics) are homogeneous across samples.  This will result in a test statistic (with n-1) degrees of freedom for n samples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE HETEROGENEITY&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1; Strand flips required&lt;br /&gt;
	ALLELES	EFFECT	ALLELES Analyzed	EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 1	T/G	+	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 2	T/G	+	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 3	A/C	+	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Output			a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2; Reference allele flips required&lt;br /&gt;
	ALLELES	EFFECT	ALLELES Analyzed	EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 1	C/A	-	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 2	C/A	-	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 3	A/C	+	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Output			a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2; Strand flips, numeric flips, and reference allele flips required&lt;br /&gt;
	ALLELES	EFFECT	ALLELES Analyzed	EFFECT Analyzed&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 1	G/T	-	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 2	2/1	-	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Input file 3	A/C	+	a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
Output			a/c	+&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Example text file to run metal;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# THIS FILE EXECUTES AN ANALYSIS OF ALL AVAILABLE INFORMATION&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mkdir output-metal&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
metal &amp;lt;&amp;lt; EOT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# loading in the first half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  SNP&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  REF_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile1.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfiles2.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  pvalue&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  A_REF OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  N&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile3.txt&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  MARKERNAME&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  EFFECTALLELE NON_EFFECT_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  EFFECT1&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  NONMISS&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile4.txt&lt;br /&gt;
# meta-analysis can be performed at any stage&lt;br /&gt;
# and will include inputfiles 1-4&lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1to4_ .tbl&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# load the second half of inputfiles&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  rsid&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  EFFECT_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  total_N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  Add_p&lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR  COMMAS&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile5.txt&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile6.txt&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  N&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  PVALUE&lt;br /&gt;
SEPARATOR WHITESPACE&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile7.txt&lt;br /&gt;
ALLELE  BETA_ALLELE OTHER_ALLELE&lt;br /&gt;
PVALUE  P_VAL&lt;br /&gt;
MARKER  SNP&lt;br /&gt;
EFFECT  BETA&lt;br /&gt;
WEIGHT  N&lt;br /&gt;
PROCESS inputfile8.txt&lt;br /&gt;
# for the final meta-analysis of all 8 samples&lt;br /&gt;
# only output results if the combined weight&lt;br /&gt;
# is greater than 10000 people &lt;br /&gt;
OUTFILE METAANALYSIS_inputfile1-8_ .tbl&lt;br /&gt;
MINWEIGHT 10000&lt;br /&gt;
ANALYZE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QUIT&lt;br /&gt;
EOT&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Dharknes</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>